1 1872 Chapter The Indian Contract Act 2
User Manual: 1872
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 100
- 1-coverpage-BLEC SM 2011-12.pdf
 - 2-A_Word_about_Study_Material-BLEC.pdf
 - part-I.pdf
 - Chapter1_(formatted).pdf
- 1.1 What is a Contract?
 - 1.2 Essentials of a Valid Contract
 - 1.3 Types of Contract
 - 1.4 Proposal / Offer
 - 1.5 Acceptance
 - 1.6 Communication of Offer and Acceptance
 - 1.7 Communication of Performance
 - 1.8 Revocation of Offer and Acceptance
 - 1.9 What is Consideration?
 - 1.10 Legal Requirements Regarding Consideration
 - 1.11 Suit by a Third Party to an Agreement
 - 1.12 Validity of an Agreement without Consideration
 - 1.13 Free Consent
 - 1.14 General Consequences of Coercion, Fraud, Misrepresentation Etc; (Section 19)
 - 1.15 Mistake
 - 1.16 Capacity to Contract
 - 1.17 Lawful Object and Consideration
 - 1.18 Unlawful Object
 - 1.19 Unlawful Consideration
 - 1.20 Agreement Expressly Declared as Void
 - 1.21 By Whom a Contract may be Performed
 - 1.22 Distinction between Succession and Assignment
 - 1.23 Effects of Refusal to Accept Offer of Performance
 - 1.24 Effect of a Refusal of a Party to Perform Promise
 - 1.25 Liability of Joint Promisor & Promisee
 - 1.26 Rights of Joint Promisees
 - 1.27 Time and Place for Performance of the Promise
 - 1.28 Performance of Reciprocal Promise
 - 1.29 Effects of Failure to Perform at a Time Fixed in a Contract in which Time is Essential
 - 1.30 Impossibility of Performance
 - 1.31 Appropriation of Payments
 - 1.32 Contract, Which Need not be Performed
 - 1.33 Restoration of Benefit under a Voidable Contract
 - 1.34 Obligations of Person who has Received Advantage under Void Agreement or one Becoming Void.
 - 1.35 Discharge of a Contract
 - 1.36 Anticipatory Breach of Contract
 - 1.37 Actual Breach of Contract
 - 1.38 Measurement of Damages
 - 1.39 Liability for Damages
 - 1.40 How to Calculate the Damage
 - 1.41 Compensation for Breach of Contract where the Penalty is stipulated for
 - 1.42 Contingent Contract
 - 1.43 Rules Relating to Enforcement
 - 1.44 Quasi – Contracts
 - 1.45 Types of Quasi Contract
 - 1.46 Contract of Indemnity
 - 1.47 Contract of Guarantee
 - 1.48 Nature of Surety’s Liability
 - 1.49 Continuing Guarantee
 - 1.50 Discharge of a Surety
 - 1.51 Rights of Surety against the Principal Debtor and Creditor
 - 1.52 Contribution as between Co-Sureties
 - 1.53 Distinction between a Contract of Indemnity and a Contract of Guarantee
 - 1.54 What is bailment?
 - 1.55 Bailor’s Duties and Rights
 - 1.56 Care to be taken by Bailee
 - 1.57 Duties and Rights of a Bailee.
 - 1.58 Rights and Duties of Finder of Goods
 - 1.59 General Lien and Particular Lien
 - 1.60 Pledge
 - 1.61 Pledge by Mercantile Agents
 - 1.62 Distinction between Bailment and Pledge
 - 1.63 What is Agency?
 - 1.64 Modes of Creation of Agency
 - 1.65 Extent of Agent’s Authority
 - 1.66 Duties and Obligations of an Agent
 - 1.67 Rights of An Agent
 - 1.68 Personal Liability of the Agent
 - 1.69 Undisclosed Principal
 - 1.70 Principal’s Liability for Agent’s Act to Third Parties
 - 1.71 Termination of Agent’s Authority.
 - 1.72 Irrevocable Agency
 - 1.73 Sub- Agent
 - 1.74 Substituted Agent
 
 - Chapter2-Negotiable_Instruments_Act-formatted.pdf
- 2.1 Introduction
 - 2.2 Meaning of Negotiable Instruments
 - 2.3 Characteristics of Negotiable Instruments
 - Key Points
 - A negotiable instrument is a written and signed document entitling a person to a sum of money specified in it and which is transferable from one person to another person either by mere delivery or by endorsement and delivery.
 - The property in N.I passes to the bonafide transferee for value notwithstanding any defect in the title of the person delivering him.
 - 2.4 Definitions
 - Requirements of Bill of Exchange:
 - (i) The bill of exchange must be in writing and be drawn in any form complying with the requirements of section 5.
 - (ii) There must be an order to pay. It is the essence of the bill that its drawer orders the drawee to pay money to the payee. Order in this section does not mean a command, but a direction for payment.
 - (iii) This order must be unconditional, as the bill is payable at all events. Thus, it is absolutely necessary for the drawer’s order to the drawee to be unconditional. The order must not make the payment of the bill dependent on a contingent event. A...
 - (iv) The drawer must sign the instrument. The instrument without the proper signature will be inchoate and hence ineffective. It is permissible to add the signature at any time after the issue of the bill. But if it is not so added, the instrument rem...
 - (v) The drawer, the drawee (acceptor) and the payee are the necessary parties to a bill and are to be specified in the instrument with reasonable certainty. You should remember that all these three parties may not necessarily be three different person...
 - (vi) The sum must be certain [what we have discussed on this point in relation to promissory note vide requirement (iii) on page 3 will equally hold good here].
 - (vii) The medium of payment must be money and money only. The distinctive order to pay anything in kind will vitiate the bill.
 - Thus, a bill must contain an order to pay in terms of money only and should be definite amount of money.
 - (viii) The bill must be delivered to the payee, otherwise the bill be inchoate and hence ineffective.
 - According to section 127, where a cheque is crossed specially to more than one banker except when it is crossed to an agent for the purpose of collection, the banker on whom it is drawn shall refuse payment thereof. This is because, in such a case, ...
 - Note: It is necessary in all cases, to specify in the second special crossing, that the banker in whose favour it is made is an agent of the first banker for collection.
 - For example, X, by means of fraud, obtained from Y a cheque crossed ‘not negotiable’ and got it cashed at a bank other than the drawee bank. Y sued the bank for conversion. Is the bank liable for conversion? The effect of Section 130 of the Act, broad...
 - The addition of the words “not negotiable” in a crossed cheque has a special significance. The use of the words does not render the cheque non-negotiable but only affects one of the main features of negotiability. The general rule about the negotiabi...
 - Thus, cheques with “not negotiable” crossing are negotiable so long as their title is good. Once the title of the transferor or endorser become defective the title of the transferee is also affected by such defect and the transferee cannot claim the r...
 - As per the instructions issued by the Reserve Bank of India (9-9-1992) it would be safer for the drawer to cross a cheque “not negotiable” with the words “account payee” added to it. The courts of law have held that “an account payee” crossing is a di...
 - In other words, if the bank collects an account payee cheque for a person other than the payee it does so at its own risk. It is imperative on the part of collecting bank, therefore to take utmost care to enquire into the title of its customer and sat...
 - In the case of a cheque bearing “Account Payee” crossing which is not specially crossed to another banker, the paying banker needs only to see that the cheque bears no other endorsement but that of the payee, and that it is otherwise in order. But whe...
 - (a) Acceptance must be written: The drawee may use any appropriate word to convey his assent. It may be sufficient acceptance even if just a bare signature is put without additional words. But it should be remembered that an oral acceptance is not va...
 - (b) Acceptance must be signed: A mere signature would be sufficient for the purpose. Alternatively, the words ‘accepted’ may be written across the face of the bill with a signature underneath; if it is not so signed, it would not be an acceptance.
 - (c) Acceptance must be on the bill: That the acceptance should be on the face of the bill is not necessary; an acceptance written on the back of a bill has been held to be sufficient in law. What is essential is that it must be written on the bill; el...
 - (d) Acceptance must be completed by delivery: It would not complete and the drawee would not be bound until the drawee has either actually delivered the accepted bill to the holder or tendered notice of such acceptance to the holder of the bill or so...
 - (v) Drawee in case of need: As per section 7, When in the bill or in any endorsement thereon the name of any person is given in addition to the drawee to be resorted to in case of need, such person is called a “drawee in case of need”. Such a person i...
 - (vi) Payee: The person named in the instrument, to whom or to whose order the amount of a bill of exchange, cheque or promissory note is directed to be paid is the payee.
 - (iii) Bearer means the person in possession of an instrument which is payable to bearer.
 - 2.5 Classification of Instruments
 - 2.6 Sight and Time Bills etc. (Sections 21 To 25)
 - An instrument payable on demand would be overdue when it remains in circulation for an unreasonable length of time.
 - The term ‘after sight’ is differently used in a note and a bill. In the former case, it denotes that payment is not to be demanded till it has been exhibited to the maker, for a note is incapable of being accepted; while in the latter case, it denotes...
 - In the case of a note, the expression “after sight” means after exhibition thereof to maker for the purpose of founding a claim for payment.
 - 2.7 Negotiation, Negotiability, Assignability
 - (b) Special (or in full): In such an endorsement, in addition to the signature of the endorser the person to whom or to whose order the instrument is payable is specified.
 - (c) Restrictive: Such an endorsement has the effect of restricting further negotiation and transfer of the instrument.
 - (d) Conditional or qualified endorsement: Such an endorsement combines an order to pay with condition.
 - V. Chopra
 - (e) Sans Recourse: By adding these words after the endorsement, the endorser declines to accept any liability on the instrument of any subsequent party.
 - Sometimes, where an endorser who so excludes his liability as an endorser afterword becomes the holder of the same instrument. In such a case, all intermediate endorsers are liable to him.
 - Example: M, the holder of a bill, endorses it “without recourse” to N. N endorses it to P, P to Q, Q to R and R endorses it again to M. M can recover the amount of the bill from N,P,Q, and R, or any of them. Thus, M is not only reinstated in his form...
 - (f) Sans Frais: These words when added at the end of the endorsement, indicate that no expenses should be incurred on account of the bill.
 - (g) Facultative: When it is desired to waive certain right, the appropriate words are added to indicate the fact, e.g., “notice of dishonour dispensed with”.
 - Every endorser of a negotiable instrument is liable, under Section 35, to every subsequent party to it provided due notice of dishonour is given to or received by him e.g., if a bill is drawn by A upon B and is payable to C or order, and C endorses th...
 - (1) Any endorser can exclude personal liability by endorsing “sans recourse” i.e. without recourse.
 - (2) If the holder of a negotiable instrument, without the consent of the endorser destroys the instrument or in any way prejudices the holder (Section 40).
 - (3) The rule is not applicable also in the case of “circuit of action” - e.g., a bill is drawn by A upon B payable to C or order, who endorses it to D who endorses it to E, who endorses it to F, who endorses it to G and who again, endorses it back to ...
 - (vii) Conversion of endorsement in blank into endorsement in full (Section 49): The holder of a negotiable instrument endorsed in blank may, without signing his own name by writing above the endorser’s signature, a direction to pay to any other person...
 - Effect of endorsement (Section 50):
 - 2.8 Negotiability vs. Assignability
 - The drawer’s liability is conditional, i.e., it arises only in the event of a dishonour by the drawee or acceptor. Once there has been dishonour and the notice of dishonour has been served on the drawer, he is bound to compensate the holder whatever b...
 - The only pre-condition of the liability of the drawer is that notice of dishonours should have been received by him, unless the case is one covered by Section 98 (situations when notice of dishonour is unnecessary) of the Act and notice of dishonour i...
 - Under Section 32, the liability of the drawee only arises when he accepts the bills. In the absence of a contract to the contrary, the acceptor (drawee) of a bill before maturity is bound to pay the amount thereof only at maturity, in accordance with...
 - The following persons incur liability by acceptance; (1) drawee (2) person named as drawee in case of need, and (3) acceptor for honour. Where there are several drawees, each can accept only for himself, unless they are partners.
 - (g) Liability of maker, drawer and acceptor as principals (Sections 37 & 38) : The maker of a promissory note is liable as the principal debtor. If the payee endorses it to A, the maker will be liable to A as the principal debtor and the payee will be...
 - A, the holder, may intentionally strike out the endorseindorsementendorsement by D and C; in that case the liability of D and C upon the bill will come to an end. But if the endorseindorsementsendorsements of D and C are struck out without the consent...
 - (j) Effect of forged endorseindorsementendorsement on acceptor’s liability (Section 41) : A bill may be accepted before or after endorseindorsementendorsement by the payee. An acceptor of a bill of exchange already endorsed is not relieved from liabil...
 - (k) Liability of acceptor of a bill drawn in a fictitious name (Section 42) : The acceptor is not relieved from liability by proving that the drawer is fictitious. Suppose X uses a fictitious name in drawing a bill upon Z and that the bill is made pa...
 - (l) Liability on an instrument made drawn etc. without consideration (Section 43) : An instrument made, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or transferred without consideration creates no obligation of payment between the parties to the instrument. For examp...
 - If the aforementioned conditions do not co-exist, this protection would be denied to the collecting banker. the protection can be claimed by the collecting banker even when he credited his customer’s account with the amount of the cheque before receiv...
 - Review of FundamentalsKey points
 - A bank under certain conditions may refuse payment of cheque or is bound to dishonour cheque and when the cheque is dishonoured for insufficiency of funds in the account of a customer, it is treated as offence. The guilty may be punished with imprison...
 - (e) Problems :
 - The Supreme Court in Modi Cements Ltd. vs. Kuchil Kumar Nandi [1998] 2 CLJ 8 held that once a cheque is issued by the drawer, a presumption under Section 139 must follows and merely because the drawer issues a notice thereafter to the drawee or to the...
 - Supreme Court in Sadanandan Bhadran v. Madhavan Sunil Kumar [1998] 4 CLJ 228 held that on a careful analysis of Section 138, it is seen that the main part says that it creates an offence when a cheque is returned by the bank unpaid for any of the reas...
 - So far as the first condition is concerned, clause (a) of the proviso to section 138 does not put any embargo upon the payee to successively present a dishonoured cheque during the period of validity. [Sadanandan Bhadran vs Madhvan Sunil Kumar AIR 199...
 - If one has to proceed on the basis of the generic meaning of the terms “cause of action”, certainly each of the above facts would constitute a part of the cause of action, but it is significant to note that clause (b) of Section 142 gives a restrictiv...
 - Besides the language of Sections 138 and 142 which clearly postulates only one cause of action, there are other formidable impediments which negates the concept of successive causes of action. The combined reading of Sections 138 and 142 leave no room...
 - The final question as how apparently conflicting provisions of the Act, one enabling the payee to repeatedly present the cheque and the other giving him only one opportunity to file a complaint for its dishonour and that too within one month from the ...
 - From a perusal of Section 141, it is apparent that in case where a company committed an offence under Section 138, then not only the company, but also every person who at the time when the offence was committed, was in charge of, and was responsible t...
 - The Act intends to legalise the system under which claims upon mercantile instruments could be equated with ordinary goods passing from hand to hand. To achieve the objective of the Act, the legislature in its wisdom thought it proper to make provisio...
 - Note: As per RBI Notifications, dated 4th November, 2011 validity period of cheques had been reduced from six months to 3 three months.
 - Section 138 provides that where any cheque drawn by a person on an account maintained by him with a 'banker' for payment of any amount of money to another person from out of that account for the discharge, in whole or in part, of any debt or other lia...
 - The use of the words 'a bank' and 'the bank' in the section is indicator of the intention of the legislature. The former is indirect article and the latter is pre-fixed by direct article. If the legislature intended to have the same meanings for 'a ba...
 - The above matter was considered by the Supreme Court in DOalmia Cement (Bharat) Ltd v. Galaxy Traders and Agencies Ltd., (2001) 5 CLJ 26 SC. The Court observed that, the payee has to make a demand by ‘giving’ notice in writing and it is a failure on t...
 - Section 138(b), inter alia, provides that the payee has to make a demand for the payment of money by giving a notice to the drawer of the cheque within 30 days of the receipt of information by him from the bank regarding the return of the cheque as un...
 - Section 131 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 is intended to widen the scope of a crossed draft as to contain all incidences of a crossed cheque. This is for the purpose of foreclosing a possibility of holding the view that a draft cannot be cro...
 - The above facts are based on the caselaw H.N.D.Mulla Feroze Vs. C.Y.Somayajulu, J [2004] 55 SCL (AP).
 - The owner of a company (i.e., petitioner) borrowed a loan of 25 lakhs on behalf of his company from the respondent. Later, at the request of respondent, the petitioner sent a cheque from the companies account. However, the cheque was dishonoured.
 - The respondent filed a complaint under Section 138 with reference to Ddishonour of cheque for insufficiency, etc, of funds in the account, against the petitioner and another in connection with the bouncing of a cheque issued on behalf of the company.
 - This compliaint was challenged on the ground that, the petitioner is neither a director nor a person-in-charge of the company and is not connected with the day to day affairs of the company and had neither opened nor is operating the bank account of t...
 - The Andhra Pradesh High court held that, although the petitioner has a legal liability to refund amount to the appellant, petitioner is not the drawer of the cheque, which was dishonoured, and the cheque was also not drawn on an account maintained by ...
 - 2.10 Rights and obligations of parties to an instrument obtained iIllegally (Sections 45A, 58, 59 and 60).
 - Under Section 45A, the loser of the instrument has the right to apply to the drawer for a duplicate of the lost bill. If the drawer does not grant the application the loser may compel him to provide him with a duplicate.
 - Effect of forgery : Where a signature on a negotiable instrument has been forged, it become a nullity and the property in the instrument remains vested in the person who is the holder at the time when the forged signature was put on it. The holder o...
 - But what would be the effect of a forged endorseindorsementendorsement? The answer to this question is wholly dependent upon whether the instrument had been endorsed in full or in blank. In the former case, the person claiming under the forged endorse...
 - Instrument acquired after dishonour (Section 59) : It has already been pointed out that the holder in due course is not affected by the defect in the title of his transferor; but it is not so in the case of a holder who acquires the instrument after d...
 - The holder of instrument, who has acquired it after dishonour, has as against the other parties, only the rights thereon of his transferor. For example, receive the amount of it from the other parties because the endorseindorseeendorsee too could not ...
 - Instrument acquired after maturity (Section 59) : The holder of an overdue instrument too is affected by the defect in title of his transferor. For example, Q accepts a bill drawn by P and deposits with P certain goods as collateral security for the p...
 - Liabilities on an accommodation note or bill (Proviso to Section 59) : In the case of accommodation bills or notes, a defect in the title of the transferor does not affect the title of the holder acquiring after maturity. An accommodation may be expla...
 - Duration of negotiation (Section 60) : An instrument may be negotiated until payment thereof by the maker, drawee or acceptor at or after maturity, but not after such payment. But the maker, drawee or acceptor cannot negotiate the instrument after mat...
 - Review of fundamentalsKey points
 - (i) Finder of a lost instrument does not get a good title to it. The true owner can recover the amount from the finder. This rule is same in case of stolen instrument. (ii) Iinstrument obtained by unlawful means- there the possessor is not, ordinaril...
 - Discharge from liability on Notes, bills and cheques :
 - 2.11 Notice of Dishonour
 - When a bill has been dishonoured by non-acceptance, it gives the holder an immediate right to have recourse against the drawer or the endorseindorserendorser. Since a dishonour by non-acceptance constitutes a material ground entitling the holder to ta...
 - (c) Notice of dishonour (Sections 93 and 94) :
 - (i) By whom notice to be given: When an instrument is dishonoured either by non-acceptance or by non-payment, the holder thereof or some party thereto who remains liable thereon must give notice of dishonour. Ram Ravji Jambekar vs. Prahladdas 20 Bom.1...
 - Illustration :
 - A) draws a bill which he indorsesendorses to B in favour of B on X;
 - B) endorses it to C;
 - C) endorses it to D;
 - D) endorses it to E;
 - E) endorses it to F.
 - 2.12 Noting and Protesting
 - If the creditor or an acceptor of a bill is shaken by insolvency or otherwise before the date of maturity of the bill, the holder may cause such a fact also to be noted and certified. Such a certificate is called a protest for better security. The co...
 - Neither noting nor protesting is compulsory in the case of inland bills. But under Section 104 every foreign bill of exchange must be protested for dishonour when such a protest is required by the law of the country where the bill was drawn. The advan...
 - 2.13 Acceptance and Payment for Honour and Rreference Iin Case of Need
 - 2.14 Presentment of Instruments
 - It should, however, be noted that in two cases presentment for acceptance would be necessary, namely :
 - (i) where a bill is payable after sight - presentment for acceptance is with a view to fixing the maturity of the instrument;s.
 - (ii) where a bill expressly stipulates that it shall be presented for acceptance.
 - But when a bill is not payable after sight, presentment is unnecessary to render any prior party liable. It is, however, prudent for the holder of such bill to present it for acceptance, for if it is accepted, he obtains the security of the acceptor’...
 - How, when and by whom bill is to be presented : A bill payable after sight is to be presented to the drawee by a person entitled to demand acceptance, and it is generally the holder of the bill who is entitled to demand acceptance. The bill must be pr...
 - Drawee’s time for deliberation : Under Section 63, the drawee is entitled to a respite of forty eight hours (exclusive of public holidays) to consider whether he should accept a bill presented to him for acceptance.
 - When presentment is excused : Presentment for acceptance is excused if the drawee is a fictitious person (Section 91) or if he cannot, even after a reasonable search, the drawee can not be found (Section 61). Again even if presentment is made irregula...
 - (d) When presentment is unnecessary (Section 76) :
 - 2.15 Payment and Interest
 - 2.16 International Law regarding Negotiable Instrument
 - (i) That the negotiable instrument was made or drawn for consideration and every party who made itself bound in respect thereof did so for consideration;
 - (ii) That the negotiable instrument was drawn on the date shown on the face of it;
 - (iii) That the bill of exchange was accepted before its maturity, i.e., before it became overdue;
 - (iv) That the negotiable instrument was transferred before its maturity;
 - (v) That the endorseindorsementsendorsements appearing upon a negotiable instrument were made in the order in which they appear thereon.
 - (vi) That an instrument which has been lost was properly stamped;
 - (vii) That the holder of a negotiable instrument is the holder in due course, except when the instrument has been obtained from its lawful owner or its lawful custodian. Likewise, if it has been obtained from a maker or acceptor by means of an offenc...
 - The presumptions mentioned above do not arise unless there is a proper protest according to Section 99, Section 100 and Section 101 of the Act.
 - 2.17 Different Types of Hundis
 - 2.18 Rules of Compensation
 
 - Chapter-3_payment_of_bonus_act_2_formatted.pdf
- 3.1 Introduction
 - 3.3 Act not to apply to certain classes of Employees (Section 32)
 - 3.5 Definitions: (Section 2)
 - 3.6 Who is Entitled to Bonus?
 - 3.7 Establishment to include Departments, Undertakings and Branches (Section 3)
 - 3.8 Computation of gross profits under Section 4 –
 - 3.9 The First Schedule
 - Computation of Gross Profits
 - 3.10 The Second Schedule
 - 3.11 A Prior deduction from gross profits (Section 6)
 - 3.12 The Third Schedule
 - 3.13 Available Surplus (Section 5)
 - 3.14 Calculation of Direct Tax Payable By The Employer (Section 7)
 - 3.15 Payment of Minimum Bonus (Section 10)
 - 3.16 Payment of Maximum Bonus (Section 11)
 - 3.17 Calculation of Bonus with respect to certain Employees (Section 12)
 - 3.18 Procedure for Calculation of Working Days and Proportionate Reduction in Bonus
 - 3.19 Set On and Set Off of Allocable Surplus (Section 15)
 - 3.20 The Fourth Schedule
 - Notes:- * Maximum
 - 3.21 Special Provision with Respect to Certain Establishments (Section 16)
 - 3.23 Special Provision with respect to Bonus Linked with Production or Productivity (Section 31A)
 - 3.26 Power of Exemption (Section 36)
 - 3.27 Power to make Rules (Section 38)
 - 3.28 Application of certain Laws not Barred (Section 39)
 
 - Chapter-4__nisha__formatted.pdf
 - Chapter_5_-_The_Payment_of_Gratuity_Act_,_1972-formatted.pdf
- 5.1 An Introduction
 - 5.2
 - Aims and Objects of the Act:
- Initially, the Bill provided for gratuity to the employees drawing wages upto ` 270/- per month in factories, Plantations, shops, establishments and mines, in the event of superannuation, retirement, resignation and death or total disablement due to a...
 - In was proposed that the appropriate Government for administering the Act in relation to establishment belonging to or under the control of the Central Government or a railway company, or mine, a major port and oilfield or in relation to establishmen...
 
 - Act 39 of 1972
 - 5.3 Extent & Applicability:
- The Act extends to the whole of India. Provided that in so far as it relates to plantations or ports, it shall not extend to the State of Jammu & Kashmir. [Section 1(2)].
 - The Act applies to:
 - Every factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port and railway company;
 - Every shop or establishment within the meaning of any law for the time being in force in relation to shops and establishments in a state, in which 10 or more persons are employed, or were employed, on any day of the preceding twelve months;
 - Such other establishments or class of establishments, in which 10 or more employee are employed, or were employed on any day of the preceding twelve months, as the Central Government, specify in this behalf. [Section 1(3)]
 - A shop or establishment to which this Act has become applicable shall continue to be governed by this Act notwithstanding that the number of persons employed therein at any time after it has become so applicable falls below ten. [Section1 (3 A )]
 - The expression ‘law‘ used in Section 1(3)(b) means any law in respect of shops, establishments - commercial or non-commercial. (K. Gangadhar Vs The Appellate Authority, (1993) 66 FLR 648(AP).
 - The provisions of Section 1(3)(b) of the Act are very much comprehensive. It also includes Municipal Board. (Municipal Board Vs Union of India, (1993) 67 FLR 973 All)
 - In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (c) of Section 1(3) of the Act, the Central Government has specified Motor Transport undertakings, clubs, chambers of commerce and industry, inland water transport establishments, Solicitors’ Officers, Loc...
 - Application of the Act to an employed person depends on two factors (i) he should be employed in an establishment to which the Act applies & (ii) he should be an employee under the definition of Section 2(e) of the Act.
 
 - 5.4 Important Definitions
- In relation to an establishment -
 - [Note: This is the new definition, amended by the Payment of Gratuity (Amendment) Act, 2009, w.e.f 3-4-1997.[Section 2(e)], This amendment in the definition made teachers entitled to gratuity vide Notification SO1080, dated 3-4-1997 by Ministry of L...
 - - there such person shall be the employer[Section 2 (f)]
 - In the case of a male employee, himself, his wife, his children, whether married or unmarried, his dependent parents (and the dependent parents of his wife and the widow) and children of his predeceased son, if any,
 - In the case of a female employee, herself, her husband, her children, whether married or unmarried, her dependent parents and the dependent parents of her husband and the widow and children of her predeceased son, if any;
 - Where the personal law of an employee permits the adoption by him of a child, any child lawfully adopted by him shall be deemed to be included in his/her family, and where a child of an employee has been adopted by another person and such adoption is,...
 - [Section 2 (q)]
 - Free food supplied to an employee is merely an amenity. Hence its value cannot be included in the wages for the purpose of calculating the amount of gratuity payable under the Act.[N. Sivasadan v. Appellate Authority under the Payment of Gratuity Act(...
 - (10) Continuous Service 2: [Section 2A)]:
 - (10) Continuous Service 2: [Section 2A)]:
 - Continuous service means service without interruption or break.
 - For the purposes of this Act –
 - An employee shall be said to be in continuous service for a period if he has, for that period, been in uninterrupted service, including service which may be interrupted on account of sickness, accident, leave, absence from duty without leave (not bein...
 - Where an employee (not being an employee employed in a seasonal establishment) is not in continuous service within the meaning of clause (1), for any period of one year or six months, he shall be deemed to be in continuous service under the employer –
 - For the said period of one year, if the employee during the period of twelve calendar months preceding the date with reference to which calculation is to be made, has actually worked under the employer for not less than –
 - For the said period of six months, if the employee during the period of six calendar months preceding the date with reference to which the calculation is to be made, has actually worked under the employer for not less than –
 - he has been laid-off under an agreement or as permitted by standing orders made under the Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946 (20 of 1946), or under the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 (14 of 1947), or under any other law applicable to the...
 - he has been on leave with full wages, earned in the previous year,
 - he has been absent due to temporary disablement caused by accident arising out of and in the course of his employment; and
 - in the case of a female, she has been on maternity leave; so, however, that the total period of such maternity leave does not exceed twelve weeks.
 - Key Points:
 - Lump sum amount of money payable by an employer to his employee at the time of- termination of the service, retirement, superannunatin, resignation, disablement or death is termed as gratuity.
 - The Act applies to- (i) Every factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port and railway company,(ii) Every shop and establishment with ten or more persons are employed/were employed, on any day of the preceding twelve months (iii) Other establishments/ cl...
 - Wages- All emoluments earned by an employee while- (i) on duty or on leave as per the terms of his employment,and (ii) which are paid or payable to him in cash. It includes dearness allowance but doesnot include-any bonus, commission, house rent allow...
 - Continuous service- Any employee is said to be in continuous service for a period if he has been in uninterrupted service for that period. This also includes service which may be interrupted on account of- sickness, accident leave absence from duty wi...
 - Continuous service for 1 year can be said - where employee has actually worked under the employer for not less than (i) 190 days , in case of employee employed below the ground in a mine/ in an establishment which works for less than six days in a we...
 - Continuous service for 6 months can be said- where an employee actually worked for not less than (i) 95 days, in case of employee employed below the ground in a mine/ in an establishment which works for less than six days in a week, and (ii) 120 days...
 - Continuous service in seasonal establishment- where an employee employed for such period has actually worked for not less than 75 % of the number of days on which establishment was in operation during such period.
 
 - 5.5 Payment of Gratuity: [Section 4(1)]
- Gratuity shall be payable to an ‘employee’ on the termination of his employment after he has rendered continuous service for not less than five years –
 - On his superannuation, or
 - On his retirement or resignation, or
 - On his death or disablement due to accident or disease;
 - The condition of the completion of five years continuous service is not essential in case of the termination of the employment of any employee due to death or disablement. Generally, it is payable to the employee himself. However, in case of death o...
 - The payability of Gratuity to the employee is his right as well as the obligation of the employer.
 - It is a statutory right given to the employees [Balbir kaur v.SAIL(2000)6 SCC493]. It becomes payable to an employee on the date of termination of his employment.[Rashtriya Mill Mazdoor Sangh v. NTC(1996)1 SCC 313].
 - By the change of ownership, the relationship of employer and employees subsists and the new employer cannot escape from the liability of payment of gratuity to the employees; it was held in the case of Pattathurila K. Damodaran Vs M.Kassim Kanju (1993...
 - An employee resigning from service is also entitled to gratuity; (Texmaco Ltd. Vs Sri Ram Dhan 1992 LLR 369(Del) and non-acceptance of the resignation is no hurdle in the way of an employee to claim gratuity; (Mettur Spinning Mills Vs Deputy Commissio...
 - For the purpose of this Section, disablement means such disablement as incapacitates an employee for the work which he was capable of performing before the accident or disease resulting in such disablement.
 
 - 5.6 Calculation of Gratuity Amount Payable: [Section 4(2)]
- 1. In the establishments other than seasonal establishments- the employer shall pay the gratuity to an employee at the rate of 15 days wages based on the rate of wages last drawn by the employee concerned for every completed year of service or part th...
 - 2. In case of an employee who is employed in a seasonal establishment can be classified into two groups
 - those who work throughout the year &
 - who work only during the season.
 - The former who are the monthly rated employee are entitled to get the gratuity at the rate of 15 days wages for every completed year of service or part thereof in excess of six months. The later are, however, entitled to received gratuity at the rat...
 - In case of a monthly rated employee; the fifteen days’ wages shall be calculated by dividing the monthly rate of wages last drawn by him by twenty-six and multiplying the quotient by fifteen. In order to arrive at the figure of daily wage for the pur...
 
 - Amount of Gratuity Payable: [Section 4(3)]
- The Payment of Gratuity(Amendment ) Act,2010 has amended section 4(3) of the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 by which the maximum amount of gratuity payable to an employee shall not exceed rupees ten lakhs. This amendment has become effective from 24th ...
 - When an employee becomes disable due to any accident or disease and is not in a position to do the same work and re-employed on reduced wages on some other job, the gratuity will be calculated in two parts –
 - For the period preceding the disablement: on the basis of wages last drawn by the employee at the time of his disablement.
 - For the period subsequent to the disablement: On the basis of the reduced wages as drawn by him at the time of the termination of services.
 - In case of Bharat Commerce and Industries Vs Ram Prasad, 2001 (LLR 918 (MP) it was decided that if for the purposes of computation of quantum of the amount of gratuity the terms of agreement or settlement are better than the Act, the employee is entit...
 - 5.7 Forfeiture of Gratuity: [Section 4(6)]
 - 1. Forfeiture to the extent of the damage/ loss: If the services of an employee have been terminated for-
 - causing any damage or loss to, or destruction of, property belonging to the employer- there the gratuity shall be forfeited to the extent of the damage or loss so caused;
 - 2. Wholly or partially forfeiture of gratuity: (i) where if the services of such employee have been terminated for his riotous or disorderly conduct or any other act of violence on his part, or (ii) if the services of such employee have been terminate...
 - Provided that such offence is committed by him in the course of his employment, there the gratuity payable to the employee may be wholly or partially forfeited.
 - In Travancore Plywood Industries Ltd. Vs Regional Joint Labour Commissioner, (1966) II LLJ 85 (Ker.) it was held that the refusal of employees to surrender land belonging to the employer is not a sufficient ground to withhold the gratuity.
 - In the case Parmali Wallance Ltd Vs State of M.P., (1996) II LLJ 515 (MP), it was held that the right of the employer to forfeit the amount of earned gratuity of an employee whose services were terminated for any act, willful omission or negligence ca...
 - When an offence of theft under law involves moral turpitude, gratuity stands wholly forfeited in view of Section 4(6) of the Act. [Bharat Gold Mines Ltd. Vs Regional Labour Commissioner (Central), (1987) 70 FJR 11 (Kern.)]
 - But when an employee, who has been given the benefit of probation under Section 3 of the Probation of Offenders Act, 1958, cannot be disqualified to received the amount of his gratuity. [S.N.Sunderson (Minerals) Ltd. Vs Appellate Authority-cum-Deputy ...
 - In the case of K.C.Mathew Vs Plantation Corporation of Kerala Ltd., 2001 LLR (2) (Ker.), it was clearly held that withholding of gratuity is not permissible under any circumstances other than those enumerated in Section 4(6) of the Act and the right t...
 
 - 5.8  Compulsory Insurance: [Section 4(A)]
- Employers liability to obtain insurance: The Payment of Gratuity(Amendment) Act, 1987 has prescribed provisions for compulsory insurance for employees, which introduces employer’s liabilities for payment towards the gratuity under the Act from LIC es...
 - Exemption to the employers from obtaining insurance: The Appropriate Government may also exempt (i) employers who have already established an approved gratuity fund in respect of his employees and who desires to continue such arrangement; and (ii) emp...
 - Employer to register his establishment with the controlling authority: For the purposes of this Section, every employer shall within a prescribed time get his establishment registered with the controlling authority in the prescribed manner, and only t...
 - Appropriate government may make rules: To give effect to the provisions of this Section the appropriate government may make rules provided for the composition of Board of Trustees of the approved gratuity fund, and for the recovery by the controlling ...
 - Employers failure to pay premium/ contribute to the gratuity fund: If the employer fails to pay the premium to the insurance or to contribute to an approved gratuity fund, he shall be liable to pay them a amount of gratuity including interest, if any,...
 - Penalty: Its contravention is punishable with a fine upto ` 10000/- and in the case of a continuing offence with a further fine which may extend to ` 1000/- per day upto the duration the offence continues.
 
 - 5.9 Power to Exempt: [Section 5]
- The appropriate Government may, by notification, and subject to such conditions as may be specified in the notification, exempt any establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop to which this Act applies from the op...
 - (1) If in the opinion of the appropriate Government, the employees in such establishment, factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company or shop are in receipt of gratuity or pensionary benefits not less favourable than the benefits confer...
 - (2) If in the opinion of the appropriate Government, such employee or class of employees are, in receipt of gratuity or pensionary benefits not less favourable than the benefits conferred under this Act.
 - (3) A notification issued under Sub-Section (1) or Sub-Section (2) may be issued retrospectively a date not earlier than the date of commencement of this Act, but no such notification shall be issued so as to prejudicially, affect the interests of an...
 - The provisions of Section 5 of the Act empowers the appropriate Government to exempt any employer or the class of employers as well as the employee or the class of employees from the application of the Act provided that if there are existing beneficia...
 - 5.10 Nominations for Gratuity: [Section 6]
 - Normally, the gratuity is paid to the employee by his employer, where his services are terminated due to any reason in his lifetime, but after the death of the said employee, the earned gratuity is to be paid to his successors and to avoid any type of...
 - Nomination by the employee after the completion of 1 year of service: Each employee, who has completed one year of service, shall make, within such time, in such form and in such manner, as may be prescribed, nomination for the purpose of the second p...
 - Distribution of gratuity amount : An employee may, in his nomination, distribute the amount of gratuity payable to him under this Act amongst more than one nominee.
 - Nomination in favour of one or more family members: If an employee has a family at the time of making a nomination, the nomination shall be made in favour of one or more members of his family, and any nomination made by such employee in favour of a pe...
 - Nomination by the employee having no family/ subsequently acquiring family: If at the time of making a nomination the employee has no family, the nomination may be made in favour of any person or persons but if the employee subsequently acquires a fam...
 - Modification in nomination by the employee: A nomination may, subject to the provisions of Sub-Sections (3) and (4) be modified by an employee at any time, after giving to his employer a written notice in such form and in such a manner as may be presc...
 - In the case of death of nominee: If a nominee predeceases the employee, the interest of the nominee shall revert to the employee who shall make a fresh nomination, in the prescribed form, in respect of such interest.
 - Nomination to kept by the employer: Every nomination, fresh nomination or alteration of nomination, as the case may be, shall be sent by the employee to his employer, who shall keep the same in his safe custody.
 - 1. Nomination form to be submitted in duplicate to the employer: A nomination shall be filled in Form ‘F’ and will be submitted in duplicate by personal service by the employee, after taking proper receipt or by sending through registered post acknowl...
 - 2. Submission of the form: In case of an employee who is already in employment for a year or more on the date of commencement of these rules, ordinarily, within ninety days from such date, and in case of an employee who completes one year of service a...
 - 3. Acceptance of form beyond the specified time: Form ‘F’ filed with reasonable grounds for delay, shall be accepted by the employer after the specified time and no nomination so accepted shall be invalid because of the reason that it was filed after...
 - Within 30 days of the receipt of nomination in Form ‘F’, the employer shall get the service particulars of the employee, as mentioned in the form, verified with reference to the records of the establishment and return one copy to the employee, after o...
 - 4. Period for submission of fresh nomination after acquiring a family: If an employee has no family at the time of his first nomination, then within 90 days of acquiring a family, he will submit a fresh nomination in duplicate on Form ‘G’ to the emplo...
 - 5. Notice of modification of nomination: A notice of modification of a nomination, including the case where the nominee predeceases an employee, shall be submitted in duplicate in Form ‘H’ to the employer. In both of cases as in (3) & (4), the rest p...
 - 6. Nomination duly signed by the employee: A nomination or a fresh nomination or a notice of modification of nomination shall be duly signed by the employee and if he is illiterate, shall bear the thumb impression of the employee in presence of two w...
 - Key Points:
 - Gratuity shall be payable to an employee after rendering continuous services for not less than 5 years.
 - Persons entitled to receive gratuity- (i) employee himself (ii) employee’s nominee, in case of his death (iii) employees’ heirs, if no nominees (iv) Nominees/ heirs if minor, gratuity shall be deposited to the Controlling Authority.
 - Computation of gratuity: For every completed year of service or part thereof in excess of six months- The employer shall pay gratuity at the rate of 15 days wages. It is based on the rate of wages last drawn by an employee.
 - Monthly rated employee- 15 days wages shall be calculated by –
 - dividing the monthly rate of wages last drawn by 26 and multiplying the quotient by 15
 - dividing the monthly rate of wages last drawn by 26 and multiplying the quotient by 15
 - Piece rated employee- daily wages shall be computed on the average of total wages received by him for a period of three months immediately preceding the termination of his employment.
 - Employee in a seasonal establishment- where an employee who work only during the season is entitled for the gratuity at the rate of seven days wages for each season.
 - The amount of gratuity payable to an employee shall not exceed ` 10 lakhs.
 - Gratuity shall be paid within 30 days from the employer, in failure, the employer shall pay the simple interest on the gratuity amount from the date on which the gratuity becomes payable to the date on which it is paid.
 - An employee who has completed 1 year of service, shall make nomination for the purpose of payment of gratuity in case of his death.
 
 - 5.11   Application for the Payment of Gratuity: [Section 7 and Rule 7]
- (1) An employee who is eligible for payment of gratuity under the Act, or any person authorized, in writing, to act on his behalf, shall apply, ordinarily within 30 days from the date of the gratuity became payable, in Form ‘I’ to the employer.
 - But if the date of superannuation or retirement of an employee is known, the employee may apply to the employer before 30 days of the date of superannuation or retirement.
 - (2) A nominee of an employee who is eligible for payment of gratuity in case of death of the employee, shall apply to the employer ordinarily within 30 days from the date of the gratuity becomes payable to him in the Form ‘J’.
 - An application on plain paper with relevant particulars shall also be accepted. The employer may obtain such other particulars as may be deemed necessary by him.
 - (3) If an employee dies without making a nomination, his legal heir, who is eligible for the payment of gratuity, shall apply, ordinarily within one year from the date of gratuity became payable to him in form ‘K’ to the employer.
 - An application even after the prescribed period shall also be entertained by the employer, if the sufficient cause for delay has been mentioned in the application. Any dispute in this regard shall be referred to the Controlling Authority for his deci...
 - The application shall be presented to the employer either by personal service or by registered post with A/D. [Rule 7]
 
 - 5.12   Employer’s Duty Regarding the Payment:
- 1. Determination of the amount of gratuity by the employer: As soon as gratuity becomes payable, the employer shall, whether the application for the payment of gratuity has been given or not by the employee, determine the amount of gratuity and give n...
 - The employer shall arrange to pay the amount of gratuity within 30 days from the date of its becoming due/payable to the person to whom it is payable.[Section 7(3)]
 - Provided that no such interest shall be payable if the delay in the payment is due to the fault of the employee and the employer has obtained permission in writing from the Controlling authority for the delayed payment on this ground. [Section 7(3A)]
 - (i) Claim for gratuity found to be admissible -If the claim for gratuity is found admissible on verification, the employer shall issue a notice in Form ‘L’ to the applicant employee, nominee or legal heir, as the case may be, specifying the amount of ...
 - (ii) If the claim for gratuity is not found admissible- employer shall issue a notice in Form ‘M’ to the applicant employee, nominee or legal heir, as the case may be, specifying the reasons why the claim for gratuity is not considered admissible.
 - (iii) Issue of notice to the applicant-In either of the case, within 15 days of the receipt of an application for the payment of gratuity, the notice has to be issued by employer to the applicant employee, nominee or legal heir, as the case may be, al...
 - (iv) Claimant is nominee/ legal heir- If the claimant for gratuity is a nominee or a legal heir, the employer may ask for such witness or evidence as may be deemed relevant for establishing his identity or maintainability of his claim. In that case, ...
 - (v) Service of notices on the applicant-The notices on Form ‘L’ or ’M’ shall be served on the applicant either by personal service after taking receipt or by registered post with A/D. (Rule 8)
 
 - 5.13   Mode of Payment of Gratuity:
- The gratuity shall be paid either-(i) in cash, or (ii) in demand draft, or (iii) bank cheque to the claimant. If the claimant so desires and the amount of gratuity payable is less than one thousand rupees, payment may be made by postal money order aft...
 - Where nominee or a legal heir is a minor- there the controlling authority shall invest the gratuity amount deposited with him for the benefit of such minor in term deposit with the State Bank of India or any of its subsidiaries or any Nationalized Ban...
 
 - 5.14   Disputes:
- (1) Filling of application on the dispute relating to the payment of gratuity- If there is any dispute regarding the amount of gratuity payable to an employee or as to the admissibility of any claim of or in relation to, an employee for payment of gra...
 - (2) Payment of gratuity amount after inquiry and hearing of the parties to the disputes- The controlling authority shall, after due inquiry and after giving the reasonable opportunity of being heard to the parties to the dispute, determine the matter ...
 - (3) Payment of the amount, where there is no dispute- As soon as the employer made the said deposit, the controlling authority shall pay the amount to the applicant where he is the employee or where the applicant is not the employee, to the nominee or...
 - The controlling authority may accept any application on sufficient cause being shown by the applicant, after the expiry of the specified period also.
 - The said application and other relevant documents shall be presented in person to the controlling authority or shall be sent to him by registered post with A/D (Rule 10).
 
 - 5.15   Procedure for Dealing with Application for Direction:
- (1) Issue of notice to appear before controlling authority- On receipt of an application for direction, the controlling authority shall issue a notice in Form ‘O’ to call upon the applicant as well as the employer to appear before him on a specified d...
 - (2) Representation on behalf of the employer/ claimant before the Controlling Authority- Any person desiring to act on behalf of an employer or the claimant shall present a letter of authority from the person concerned to the controlling authority alo...
 - (3) Employers fails to appear- If the employer fails to appear on the specified date of hearing after due service of notice without sufficient cause, the controlling authority may proceed to hear and determine the application ex parte and if the appli...
 - (4) Review of order- The order passed may be reviewed on good cause being shown within 30 days of the said order and the application re-heard after giving not less than 14 days notice to the opposite party of the date fixed for rehearing of the applic...
 - (5) Record of particulars of case- The controlling authority shall record the particulars of each case in Form ‘Q’ and at the time of passing orders shall sign and date the particulars so recorded and shall also record the findings on the merits of th...
 
 - 5.16   Appeals
- (1) Appeal to an order- Any person aggrieved by an order made by the Controlling Authority may, within 60 days from the receipt of the order, prefer an appeal to the appropriate Government or such other authority as may be specified by the appropriat...
 - (2) Modification of an order- The Appropriate Government or the Appellate Authority, as the case may be, may, after giving the parties to the appeal a reasonable opportunity of being heard, confirm, modify or reverse the decision of the Controlling A...
 - (3) Admission of appeal on the production of the certificate of the deposit of gratuity-
 - The employer’s appeal shall not be admitted without producing the certificate of deposit of gratuity amount issued by the Controlling Authority or the deposit of the said amount with Appellate Authority [Section 7 (7)].
 
 - 5.17   Appointment of Inspectors
- By notification, the appropriate Government may appoint as many Inspectors, as it deems fit, for the purposes of the Act. The Appropriate Government may, by general or special orders, define the area to which the authority or an Inspector so appointed...
 - To require an employer to furnish such information as he may consider necessary,
 - To enter and inspect, at all reasonable hours, any premises of or place in any factory, mine, oilfield, plantation, port, railway company, shop or other establishment to which this Act applies, for the purpose of examining any register, record or noti...
 - To examine the employer or any person whom he finds in such premises or place and who, he has reasonable cause to believe is an employee employed therein.
 - To make copies of, or take extracts from, any register, record, notice or other document, as he may consider relevant, and where he has reason to believe that any offence under this Act has been committed by an employer, search and seize with such ass...
 - to exercise such other powers as may be prescribed.
 - Any person required to produce any type of document or to give any information by an inspector shall be deemed to be legally bound to do so within the meaning of Sections 175 and 176 of the IPC and the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 197...
 - In this way, we can say that the inspector has got all the executive powers to implement the provisions of the Act [Section 7(B)].
 
 - 5.18   Recovery
- If the amount of gratuity payable under the Act is not paid by the employer within the prescribed time, to the person entitled thereto, the controlling authority shall issue a certificate for that amount to the Collector to recover the same alongwith ...
 - Before issuing the certificate for such recovery the Controlling Authority shall give the employer a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the issue of such certificate.
 - The amount of interest payable under this Section shall not exceed the amount of gratuity payable under this Act in no case. [Section 8]
 - (1) Penalty for avoiding of any payment to be made: Any person who is responsible for the purpose of avoiding any payment to be made by himself or of enabling any other person to avoid such payment, knowingly makes or causes to be made any false state...
 - (2) Penalty for contravention and default in compliance of any provision: An employer, who contravenes or makes default in complying with, any of the provisions of this Act or any rule or order made there under shall be punishable with imprisonment fo...
 - (3) Penalty for non-payment of gratuity payable under the Act- If the offence relates to non-payment of any gratuity payable under the Act, the employer shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than six months but whic...
 - Key Points:
 - Where an employer makes a default /avoids the payment of gratuity- imprisonment for a term extending 6 months, or with fine extending to ` 10,000 or with both.
 - Where an employer contravenes in complying with any of the provisions of this Act or any rule or order made under this Act- imprisonment not less than 3 months extending to one year, or with fine which shall not be less than ` 10,000/- but may be ext...
 - In case of non- payment of gratuity - imprisonment for a term not less than six months but which may be extended to two years.
 
 - 5.19 Exemption of Employer from Liability
 - 5.20   Cognizance of Offences
- No Court shall take cognizance of any offence punishable under this Act accept on a complaint made by or under the authority of the appropriate Government.
 - Where the amount of gratuity has not been paid, or recovered, within six months from the expiry of the prescribed time- there appropriate Government shall authorise the Controlling Authority to make a complaint against the employer.
 - The Controlling Authority shall within 15 days from the date of such authorization, make such complaint to a magistrate having jurisdiction to try the offence and no court inferior to that of a Metropolitan Magistrate or a Judicial Magistrate of the f...
 
 - 5.21 Protection against Action taken in Good Faith
 - 5.22 Protection of Gratuity
 - 5.23 Miscellaneous
 
 - Chapter_6_-_Unit_1_-_Companies_Act,_1956-formatted.pdf
- In this unit the students are exposed to the working knowledge on the introductory part of the Companies Act, 1956 covering the following aspects:
 - 1.1 What is a Company?
 - 1.2 Lifting of the “Corporate Veil”
 - (1) In the law relating to trading with the enemy where the test of control is adopted. The leading case in this point is Daimler Co. Ltd. vs. Continental Tyre & Rubber Co. [1916] 2 A.C. 307, if the public interest is not likely to be in jeopardy, the...
 - (2) In certain matters concerning the law of taxes, duties and stamps particularly where question of the controlling interest is in issue. [S. Berendsen Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Inland Revenue [1953] Ch. I. (C.A.)]. Where corporate entity is used to ...
 - (3) Where companies form other companies as their subsidiaries to act as their agent. The application of the doctrine may operate in favour of such companies depending upon the acts of a particular case. Suppose, a company acquires a partnership conc...
 - (4) Where the benefit of limited liability of shareholders is destroyed and each shareholder’s liability has become unlimited. This happens (under Section 45) when the number of members of a public company or a private company falls below 7 or 2 respe...
 - (5) Under the law relating to exchange control.
 - (6) Where the device of incorporation is adopted for some illegal or improper purpose, e.g., to defeat or circumvent law, to defraud creditors or to avoid legal obligations.
 - Key Points
 - Company- An artificial person created under the Companies Act, 1956 with distinct characteristics of separate legal entity, perpetual succession and a common seal. The capital of the company is divided into transferable shares and shareholders called ...
 - Corporate veil theory- Saloman vs. Saloman & Co .Ltd. laid that company is a juristic person different and separate from its members. Under certain situations the courts may lift the corporate veil/ veil of incorporation and thus disregard the separa...
 - 1.3 Classes of Companies under the Act
 - (a) Restriction on the right to transfer it shares.
 - (b) Limitation on the number of members to fifty (50).
 - (a) By authorising the directors to refuse transfer of shares to persons whom they do not approve or by compelling the shareholder to offer his shareholding to the existing shareholders first. It may be noted that it can only restrict the right of sa...
 - (b) By specifying the method for calculating the price at which the shares may be sold by one member to another. Generally, it is left to be determined either by the auditor of the company or by the company at a general meeting.
 - (c) By providing that the shareholders who are employees of the company shall offer the shares to specified persons or class of persons when they leave the company’s service.
 - (i) as not being calculated to result directly or indirectly in the shares or debentures becoming available for subscription or purchase by person other than those receiving the offer or invitation; or
 - (ii) otherwise as being a domestic concern of the persons making and receiving the offer or invitation.
 - (i) The Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India Ltd. - a company which was formed and registered under the Indian Companies Act, 1913;
 - (ii) The Industrial Finance Corporation of India - a company established under Section 3 of the Industrial Finance Corporation Act, 1948;
 - (iii) The Life Insurance Corporation of India - established under Section 3 of the Life Insurance Corporation Act, 1956;
 - (iv) The Industrial Development Bank of India - established under Section 3 of the Industrial Development Bank of India Act, 1964;
 - (v) The Unit Trust of India - established under Section 3 of the Unit Trust of India Act, 1963;
 - (g) The General Insurance Corporation of India;
 - (h) The National Insurance Co. Ltd.
 - (i) The United India Fire and General Insurance Co. Ltd.;
 - (j) The Orient Fire and General Insurance Co. Ltd.;
 - (l) The Industrial Reconstruction Corporation of India Ltd. (Now called the Industrial Reconstruction Bank of India Ltd.)
 - 1.4 Miscellaneous Provisions (Sections 43-45)
 - 1.5 Conversion of Public Company into a Private Company
 - 1.6 Procedure for Conversion of a Private Company into a Public Company
 - (1) It should take the necessary decision in its board meeting and fix up the time, place and agenda for convening a general meeting to alter the articles of association and consequently the name by a special resolution as well as to alter by special ...
 - (2) The company has to see that any change in the articles confirms to the provisions of the Companies Act [Section 31(1)]; also to see that such change does not increase the liability of any member who had become the member before the alteration.
 - (3) It must issue notice for the general meeting in order to pass thereat the special resolutions together with the explanatory statements for the alteration of the articles and the memorandum.
 - (4) It will have to convene the general meeting in order to pass there at the special resolution (i) for the purpose of the alteration of the memorandum and article of association; and (ii) also for the purpose of deleting those articles which are re...
 - (5) It shall file the documents electronically viz, e- form No.23 with copy of resolution, along with explanatory statement under Section 173 and amended copy of Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association as attachment. It also shall file a...
 - The aforesaid prospectus or the statement in lieu of the prospectus must be in conformity with Parts I and II of Schedule II or with Parts I and II of Schedule IV respectively. The said parts I and II shall have effect subject to the provisions cont...
 - (6) In the matter of the prospectus or the statement in lieu of the prospectus the company has to adopt abundant caution against any untrue statement being included therein, because inclusion of untrue statement will attract penalty by virtue of Secti...
 - (7) It shall file with the concerned stock exchange 6 copies of such amendments on both articles and memorandum, one of which must be a certified copy.
 - (8) It shall file with the Registrar the said special resolution together with the explanatory statement within 30 days of their passing [Section 192].
 - (9) It must take some of the steps regarding further issue of capital under Section 81 which are not in common with the steps discussed in relation to further issue of shares.
 - (10) The company has to apply to the Registrar for the issue of a fresh certificate of incorporation for the changed name, namely, the existing name with the word “private” deleted. On issue of such certificate the name of the converted company shall ...
 - 1.7 Privileges and Exemptions
 - 1. Two or more persons may form a private company [Section 12(1)].
 - 2. The restriction on the commencement of business contained in Section 149 [excepting those contained in Section 149(2A) which have been made applicable to all companies] do not govern private companies.
 - 3. A private company may allot shares without issuing a prospectus or delivering to Registrar a statement in lieu of prospectus [Section 70].
 - 4. It need not hold a Statutory Meeting or file a statutory report [Section 165].
 - 5. The provisions of Section 81 as regards further issue of capital do not apply to a private company [Section 81(3)(a)].
 - 6. The consent of directors to act as such, and to take up qualification shares need not be filed with the Registrar [Section 266].
 - 7. There is no restriction on the amount of overall managerial remuneration. [Section 198]. A private company may remunerate its managerial personnel by higher percentage of profits.
 - 8. The consent of the Central Government for any increase in the remuneration of directors including managing or wholetime director or upon their appointment at increased remuneration, is not required [Section 310].
 - 9. The directorship of a private company is not includible in the maximum number of directorships that a person may hold [Section 278].
 - 10. The consent of the Central Government for advancing loans to directors is not required [Section 295].
 - 12. The Central Government is not empowered to prevent a change in the Board of Directors of a company which is likely to affect management prejudicially [Section 409].
 - 13. It can advance loans for the purchase of its own shares [Section 77(2)].
 - 14. Provisions of Section 416 relating to contracts by agents of a company in which the company is an undisclosed principal, are not applicable.
 - 15. A director can vote on a contract in which he is interested [Section 300(2)(a)].
 - Key Points
 - Conversion of Companies- (i) Public company into private company-Company shall pass special resolution and obtain approval from Central Government. The company shall also alter its articles to include the restrictions, limitations and prohibitions as ...
 - (ii) Private company into public company- Conversion may take place either by-default or choice as follows:
 - When a private company makes default in complying with any of the provisions of the Section 3(1)(iii), the company ceases to be entitled to the privileges and exemptions conferred under the Act and when private company by its own choice becomes a pub...
 - 1.8 When Companies must be registered?
 - 1.9 Mode of Registration/Incorporation of Company
 - (1) Memorandum of Association [Section 33(1)(a)].
 - (2) Articles of Association, if any [Section 33(1)(b)].
 - (3) The agreement, if any, which the company proposed to enter into with any individual for appointment as its managing or whole time director or manager [Section 33(1)(c)].
 - (4) A declaration that the requirements of the Act and the rules framed there under have been complied with. This declaration is required to be signed by an advocate of the Supreme Court or High Court or an attorney or a pleader having the right to ap...
 - (5) In case of a public company having share capital, where the articles name a person as director/directors, the list of the directors and their written consent in prescribed form to act as directors and take up qualification shares [Section 266].
 - (a) the minimum number of shares which have to be paid for in cash has been subscribed and allotted;
 - (b) every director has paid, in respect of shares for which he is bound to pay an amount equal to what is payable on shares offered to the public on application and allotment ;
 - (c) no money is or may become liable to be paid to application of any shares or debentures offered for public subscription by reason of any failure to apply for or to obtain permission for the shares or debentures to be dealt in on any recognised Sto...
 - (d) a statutory declaration by the secretary or one of the directors that the aforesaid requirements have been complied with, is filed with the Registrar.
 - (i) That the company has approved of the commencement of any such business by a special resolution passed in that behalf at a general meeting; and
 - (ii) That the company has filed with the Registrar a declaration duly verified by one of the directors or secretary, in prescribed form, that resolution has been passed or the Central Government in pursuance of an application made under Sub-section (...
 - (a) Between the members and company: The memorandum and articles constitute a contract between the members and the company. In consequence, the members are bound to the company under a statutory covenant. For instance, it has been held in Bradford Ba...
 - (b) Between the company and the members: Views differ on the questions as to whether and how far the memorandum and articles bind the company to the members. One view is that it is bound just as its members are. Another view is that the company is not...
 - (c) Between member inter se: In the case of Wood vs. Odessa Water Works Co. [1989] 42 Ch. D. 363, Sterling J. Observed : The articles of Association constitute a contract not merely between the shareholders and the company but between each individual ...
 - The foregoing principle had been further clarified by the decision in another English case of Welton vs. Saffary [1897] A.C. 315. In this case, the learned Judge observed that “It is quite true that the articles constitute a contract between each me...
 - This proposition is not free from controversy because of the conflict of judicial opinions; in fact, until the decision in Rayfide vs. Hands [1960] Ch. 1, weightage of judicial opinion was against a member being bound to other member. In this case, t...
 - (d) between the company and the outsiders: The memorandum and the articles do not constitute a contract between the company and outsiders. Neither the company nor the members are bound by the articles to outsiders, since these constitute a contract be...
 - 1.10 Memorandum of Association
 - (1) The name of the company with ‘Limited’ as the last word and ‘Private Limited’ in the case of a private company.
 - (2) The State in which the registered office will be situated.
 - (3) The objects of the company, in the case of a company in existence immediately before the commencement of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1965.
 - In the case of a company formed after the commencement of the Amendment Act, 1965, the memorandum must contain (a) the main objects of the company, together with other objects incidental or ancillary to the attainment of the main objects; (b) other o...
 - (4) In the case of a company (other than a trading corporation), with objects not confined to one State, the State to whose territories the objects extend.
 - (5) A declaration that the liability of members is limited.
 - (6) A statement as to the amount of share capital, and its division into shares of fixed amount.
 - 1.11 Alteration of the Memorandum
 - (a) Changing the place of its registered office from one State to another - Section 17.
 - (b) Changing the object - Section 17.
 - (c) Change of registered office within a State (Section 17A)
 - (d) Changing the name - Sections 21, 22 and 23 (approval of Central Government is necessary).
 - (e) Changing any other provisions contained in the memorandum including those relating to the appointment of managing director or manager in the same manner as the articles of the company (that is by special resolution) or in any other manner provide...
 - (f) Creating reserve liability - Section 99.
 - (g) Increasing, consolidating, sub-dividing or otherwise altering the share capital Section 94.
 - (h) Reducing the share capital - Section 100.
 - (i) Rendering unlimited the liability of its directors or of any director or manager - Section 323.
 - (a) The amended provision shall apply only to companies that change their registered office from the jurisdiction of the Registrar of Companies to the jurisdiction of another registrar of Companies within the same State. (At present the provision shal...
 - (b) The company cannot do such change of office unless the Regional Director confirms it.
 - (c) To obtain confirmation, the company has to apply in the prescribed form.
 - (d) The confirmation must be communicated to the company within 4 weeks from the date of receipt of the application.
 - (e) Certified copy of the confirmation along with the attested copy of the memorandum of Association must be filed with the ROC for registration within 2 months from the date of confirmation.
 - (f) Within one month of filing, the ROC shall certify registration, which shall be the conclusive evidence that all requirements with respect to alteration and confirmation have been complied with.
 - (a) to carry on its business more economically or more efficiently:
 - (b) to attain the main purpose of the company by new or improved means:
 - (c) to carry on some business which under the existing circumstances may conveniently or advantageously be combined with the existing business.
 - (d) to change and enlarge the local area of operations;
 - (e) to restrict or abandon any of the existing objects;
 - (f) to sell or dispose of the whole or any part of the undertaking;
 - 1.12 Articles of Association
 - 1.13 Alteration of Articles
 - (a) The alteration must not exceed the powers given by the memorandum or conflict with the provisions thereof.
 - (b) It must not be inconsistent with any provisions of the Companies Act or any other statute.
 - (c) It must not be illegal or opposed to public policy.
 - (d) It should not be in fraud on minority, or inflict a hardship on minority without any corresponding benefits to the company as a whole. The Court will not interfere unless the alteration could reasonably be considered as being not for the benefit o...
 - (e) The alteration must not be inconsistent with and order of the Court. Under Section 404 any subsequent alteration thereof, which is inconsistent with such, an order can be made by the company only with the leave of the Court.
 - (f) It may be regarded as having a retrospective effect so long as it does not affect the things already done by the company [Allen vs. Gold Reef of West Africa [1909] S.C. 732].
 - (g) If a public company is converted into a private company, then the approval of the Central Government is necessary [Section 31 (1) Proviso]. Printed copy of altered articles shall be filed with the Registrar within one month of the date of Central...
 - It may further be noted that an injunction cannot be granted to prevent the adoption of articles, which constituted a breach of contract. But if the company acts on them it may be liable to damages [Shirlaw vs. Southern Foundries Ltd. 1940 A.C. 701 (...
 - (h) An alteration that has the effect of increasing the liability of a member to contribute to the company is not binding on a present member unless he has agreed thereto in writing (Section 38.).
 - (i) A reserve capital once created cannot be unreserved but may be cancelled on a reduction of capital [Midland Railway Carriage Wagon Co. [1907] W.N. 175; [(Section 99)]
 - (j) Any irregular alterations, which have been acted on for many years, are binding.
 - (k) The alteration must be bonafied for the benefit of the company as a whole. [Allen vs. Gold Reef of West Africa [1909] S.C. 732]. This ruling seems to apply to private companies and closely held public companies.
 - 1.14 Doctrine of Indoor Management
 - (a) The rule does not protect any person when the person dealing with the company has notice, whether actual or constructive, of the irregularity [Moris vs. Kenssen (1946) A.C. 459; Devi Ditta Mal vs. The Standard Bank of India (1972) I.C. 568]. Thus ...
 - (b) The doctrine in no way, rewards those who behave negligently. Where the person dealing with the company is put upon an inquiry, for example, where the transaction is unusual or not in the ordinary course of business. When a sole director and princ...
 - The company documents “are open to all who are minded to have any dealing whatsoever with the company and those deal with them just be affected with notice of all that is contained in those two documents. After that all that the directors do with ref...
 - (c) When an instrument purporting to be executed on behalf of the company is a forgery. The doctrine of indoor management applies only to irregularities which might otherwise affect a transaction but it cannot apply to forgery which must be regarded a...
 - Key Points-
 - Article of Association – Document containing rules, regulations or bye-laws of a company. It lays down the form in which the business of the company is to be carried on. It also lays down the powers of directors and officers of the company and thus fo...
 - Alteration of article- Every company have an absolute power to alter its Articles of Association by a special resolution subject to the provisions of the Act and conditions of the memorandum of the company.
 - Where the form and nature of company remains unchanged- the company files the alteration of its article to the registrar within 30 days of its passing.
 - Where the nature of company is changed from private to public-special resolution must be approved by the Central Government and needs to be filed with the registrar.
 - Doctrine of Constructive Notice- As memorandum and article is a public document so it is considered that every person dealing with the company is deemed to have notice of the contents of memorandum and articles of the company. It is presumed that pers...
 - 1.15 Preliminary or Pre-Incorporation Contracts
 - (a) The vendor cannot sue, or be sued by the company thereof, after its incorporation;
 - (b) Person who acts for the intended company remains personally liable to the vendor even if the company purports to ratify the agreement, unless the agreement provides that:
 - (i) his liability shall cease if the company adopts the agreement; and
 - (ii) either party may rescind the agreement, if the company does not adopt it within a specified time;
 - (c) After incorporation, the company may adopt the preliminary agreement. But this must be by novation which may be implied from the circumstances. But in some cases, the memorandum directs the directors to execute such contracts. The company can enfo...
 - 1.16 Provisional Contracts
 - 1.17 Promoters
 - 1.18 Board of Company Law Administration [Section 10E]
 - 1.19 National Company Law Tribunal
 
 - Chapter-6_Unit-2-formatted.pdf
 - Chapter_6_-_Unit_3_-_Companies_Act,_1956_-formatted-1.pdf
- 3.1 Concept of Capital
 - 3.2 Shares
 - (a) Equity Share Capital
 - (i) With voting Rights
 - (ii) With differential rights. The expression “shares with differential voting rights” is defined as a share that is issued in accordance with the provision of Section 86. When read with Section 86, it means shares issued with differential rights as t...
 - 1. Equity shares carry voting rights at the general meetings of the company and have the right to control the management of the company.
 - 2. Equity shares carry the right to share in the profits of the company in the form of distribution of dividend and bonus shares.
 - 3. In the event of winding up of the company, equity share capital is repayable only after repayment of the claims of the creditors and preference share capital.
 - 4. Equity shareholders enjoy various rights as members, which include, inter alia, the following rights:
 - (a) Right of pre-emption in the matter of fresh issue of capital [Section 81].
 - (b) Right to apply to the Tribunal to have any variation of their rights set aside [Section 107].
 - (c) Right to receive a copy of the statutory report [Section 165].
 - (d) Right to apply to Central Government to call an annual general meeting when the company fails to call such a meeting [Section 167].
 - (e) Right to apply to CLB/Tribunal for calling an extraordinary general meeting of the company [Section 186].
 - (f) Right to receive copies of annual accounts along with auditors report [Sections 210 & 219].
 - (i) any money remaining unpaid, in respect of the amount specified in clause (a), up to the date of the winding up or repayment of capital; and
 - (ii) any fixed premium any fixed scale, specified in the memorandum or articles of the company [Section 85].
 - 3.3 Variation of Shareholders Rights
 - Key Points:
 - 3.4 Voting Rights of a Member
 - 3.5 Further issue of Capital (Right Shares i.e. Right of Pre-emption or Pre-emptive Right)
 - 3.6 Section 81 of the Companies Act, 1956
 - 3.7 Steps to be taken by a Company in respect of issue Further Shares
 - 1. Check whether the rights issue is within the authorised share capital of company. If not, steps should be taken to increase the authorised share capital.
 - 2. In case of a listed company, notify the stock exchange concerned the date of Board Meeting at which the rights issue is proposed to be considered.
 - 3. Convene the Board meeting and place before it the proposal for rights issue.
 - 4. The Board should decide on the following matters:
 - (i) Quantum of issue and the proportion of rights shares.
 - (ii) Whether the shares shall be issue at par or premium keeping in view of the SEBI guidelines. The price is to be fixed by the Board of Directors in consultation with the lead manager to the issue.
 - (iii) Alteration of share capital, if necessary, and offering shares to persons other than existing holders of shares in terms of Section 81(1A).
 - (iv) Fixation of record date.
 - (v) Appointment of merchant bankers and underwriters.
 - (vi) The letter of offer should conform to the disclosures prescribed in Form 2A under Section 56(3) of the Companies Act (memorandum containing the salient features of prospectus). Full justification and parameters used for issue price should clearly...
 - 7. Immediately after the Board Meeting notify the concerned Stock Exchanges about particulars of Board’s decision.
 - 8. Send the draft letter of offer to SEBI for vetting. As stipulated by SEBI Regulations, the lead managers is responsible for obtaining SEBI clearance to the letter of offer before approaching Stock Exchange(s) for fixing the record date for the pro...
 - 9. If the issue does not require approval of lead managers, a copy of letter of offer is to be forwarded to SEBI for its information.
 - 10. If it is proposed to offer shares to persons other than the shareholders of the company, a General Meeting has to be convened and a resolution passed for the purpose in terms of Section 81(1A) of the Companies Act.
 - 11. If rights shares are to be offered to NRIs, obtain RBI approval.
 - 12. Forward 6 sets of letter of offer to concerned Stock Exchange(s).
 - 13. Despatch letters of offer to shareholders by registered post.
 - 14. Make arrangement with bankers for acceptance of share application forms.
 - 15. If the company does not receive 90 per cent of the issue amount including accepted devolvement from underwriters within 120 days from the date of opening of the issue, the amount of subscription received is required to be refunded.
 - 16. Prepare a scheme of allotment in consultation with Stock Exchange(s).
 - 17. Convene Board Meeting and make allotment of shares.
 - 18. File return of allotment in Form 2 with Registrar of Companies within 30 days of allotment.
 - 19. Within 45 days of the closure of rights issue, a report in the prescribed form along with the compliance certificate from statutory auditor/practising chartered accountant/ company secretary in practice is to be forwarded by the lead managers to S...
 - 20. Make an application to the Stock Exchange(s) where the company’s shares are listed for permission for listing of new shares.
 - Key Points:
 - Wherever further issue of shares is to be made, there the shares shall be offered to the existing equity shareholders in the following cases- (i) where issue is made after 2 years from the formation of the company, or (ii) where such issue is made aft...
 - 3.9 Alteration of Share Capital [Section 94]
 - 3.10 Reduction of the Share Capital
 - 3.11 Reduction of Share Capital vs. Diminution of Share Capital
 - (1) Reduction may involve reduction inter alia of issued capital, whereas diminution may be in respect of authorised capital but not of issued capital.
 - (2) If the articles authorise the procedure, diminution can be effected by an ordinary resolution, while reduction (which also need authorisation by articles), can be effected only by a special resolution.
 - (3) Diminution needs no confirmation by the Court [Section 94(2)], but reduction needs such confirmation [Section 101].
 - (4) Where a company is ordered to add to its name the words “and reduced” these words shall until the expiry of the period specified in the order, be deemed to be part of the company’s name [Section 102(3)], but such a provision does not exist in the ...
 - (5) In the case of diminution, notice is to be given to the Registrar within 30 days from the date of cancellation whereupon the Registrar shall record the notice and make the necessary alteration in the memorandum or articles or both [Section 95(1)(...
 - Key Points:
 - Alteration of capital- This clause can be effected by passing an ordinary resolution in general meeting. The notice of alteration in the capital clause should be given to the registrar within 30 days after doing so.
 - Reduction of capital- A company if authorised by its article, can reduce its share capital or otherwise have to suitably alter the articles. The company has to pass a special resolution and get it confirmed by the Tribunal. When the Tribunal confirms ...
 - Diminution of capital- It is the cancellation of that part of the capital which have not yet been taken up or agreed to be taken up by any person.
 - 3.12 Issue of Shares at a Discount
 - 3.13 Issue of Sweat Equity
 - 3.14 Issue of Securities at a Premium
 - (a) in paying up unissued securities of the company to be issued to members of the company as fully paid bonus shares;
 - 3.15 Share Certificate
 - 3.16 Share Warrant
 - 3.18 Transfer of Shares
 - (1) The instrument of transfer must be executed in a prescribed form i.e., Form No. 7B and before it is signed by the transferor and before any entry is made therein, it should be presented to the prescribed authority who shall stamp or otherwise endo...
 - (2) After this has been done, the instrument must be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee and completed in all other respects (must specify the name, address and occupation, if any, of the transferee).
 - (3) After that, the instrument of transfer completed in all respects (i.e., along with the share certificate or if no such certificate is in existence, along with the letter of allotment of the shares) should be delivered to the company:
 - (i) in the case of shares dealt in or quoted on a recognised stock exchange, at any time before the date on which the register of members is closed, in accordance with the law, for the first time after the date of the presentment to the prescribed au...
 - (ii) in any other case, within two months from the date of such presentation [Section 108(1A)(b)(i)].
 - 3.19 Nomination Facility in respect of Shares
 - 3.20 How Nomination Facility shall operate in case of transmission of Shares? (Section 109B)
 - (a) to be registered himself as holder of the share or debenture, as the case may be; or
 - (b) to make such transfer of the share or debenture, as the case may be as the deceased shareholder or debenture holder, as the case may be, could have made.
 - 3.21 Refusal to Register Transfer and Appeal against Refusal [Section 111]
 - 3.22 Transfer of Securities of a Public Company [Section 111A]
 - 3.23 Certification of Transfer (Section 112)
 - Certificate for..................... equity/preference shares lodged at the Company’s Registered office.
 - Dated the............. day of...............
 - Sd/-
 - Secretary
 - (a) the person issuing the instrument is authorised to issue such instrument on the company’s behalf; and
 - (b) the certificate is signed by any officer or servant of the company or any other person authorised to certify transfer on the company’s behalf. In case a body corporate has been so authorised by any officer or servant of the body corporate.
 - (1) The transferor must pay the calls, if any. He may, however, recover the amount from the transferee.
 - (2) If dividends are declared and paid before transfer is registered, the company must pay it to the transferor. As between the seller and the buyer, it is the buyer who has a prima facie right to all dividends declared, after the date of transfer [Bl...
 - (3) The voting power rests with the transferor but he must vote as the transferee directs [Musselwhite vs. Musselwhite & Sons Ltd. (1962) Ch. 964]. However, if the transferee has not paid the price, the transferor may vote as he pleases.
 - 3.24 Blank Transfers
 - 3.25 Forged Transfers
 - 3.26 Transmission of Shares
 - 3.27 Forfeiture and Surrender of Shares
 - 3.28 Capitalisation of Profit
 - 3.29 Debentures
 - 1. Naked or unsecured debentures.
 - 2. Secured debentures.
 - 3. Redeemable debentures.
 - 4. Perpetual debentures.
 - 5. Bearer debentures.
 - 6. Registered debentures.
 - 1. Fully convertible debentures (FCDs).
 - 2. Non-convertible debentures (NCDs).
 - 3. Partly convertible debentures (PCDs).
 - (a) It is a charge on a class of the company’s assets, present and future, that class being one which, in the ordinary course of the business is changing from time to time.
 - (b) Generally, it is contemplated that the company carry on its business in an ordinary way with such a class of assets till some event occurs on which the charge is to settle down on the property as then existing and the charge becomes fixed. The mom...
 - Under Section 123 of the Act, where a receiver is appointed on behalf of the debenture holders secured by a floating charge even though the company may not be in the course of winding up, the debts which in a winding up are to be paid in priority to a...
 - 3.30 Registration of a Charge
 - 1. where the charge is modified by varying any terms and conditions of the existing charge by agreement;
 - 2. where the modification is in pursuance of an agreement for enhancing or decreasing the limits;
 - 3. where the modification is by ceding a pari passu charge;
 - 4. change in rate of interest (other than bank rate);
 - 5. change in repayment schedule of loan; (this is not applicable in working capital loans which are repayable on demand) and
 - 6. partial release of the charge on a particular asset or property.
 
 - Chapter_6_-_Unit_4_-_Companies_Act,_1956-formatted.pdf
- 4.0 Introduction
 - 1. Meetings of shareholders or members:
 - (a) Statutory meeting.
 - (b) Annual general meeting.
 - (c) Extraordinary general meeting.
 - (d) Class meetings.
 - 2. Meeting of debenture holders.
 - 3. Meetings of contributories in winding up.
 - 4. Meeting of creditors
 - (a) for purposes otherwise than winding up.
 - (b) for winding-up.
 - 5. Meeting of directors:
 - (a) Board meeting.
 - (b) Committee meeting.
 - 4.2 Meeting of Shareholders
 - Default in filing the statutory report or in holding the statutory meeting is one of the grounds on which the company may be wound up by the Court (Section 433). The Court may instead of making a winding up order, direct the report to be delivered or ...
 - The statutory meeting also provides an exception to the normal rule that only business left unfinished at the original meeting can be transacted at the adjourned meeting [Reg. 53(2), Table A]. Members have a right to introduce new business at the adj...
 - 4.2.2.3 Default: If any default is made in filing the statutory report or in holding the statutory meeting, those in default are liable to a fine, which may extend to five thousand rupees [Section 165(9)]. Another consequence of not holding the statut...
 - 4.3.1 Interval between two annual general meetings:
 - According to Section 166(1), there must not be more than 15 months gap between two consecutive annual general meetings. Section 210 requires the directors of a company to lay at every annual general meeting of the company a profit and loss account, o...
 - It will therefore be appreciated that while a company may hold its annual general meeting in a year within the time limit of 15 months as provided by Section 166(1) it may still contravene Section 210. The date on which the annual general meeting is t...
 - These three requirements are cumulative and separate: failure to comply with any of them constitutes an offence unless the Registrar of Companies has granted an extension of time for holding the meeting. The period of such extension is limited to thre...
 - The following example will explain the position: The financial year of a company ends on 31st December each year. The annual general meeting to adopt the accounts, etc. of the year ending 31st December, 1991 was held on 29th June, 1992. Under Section ...
 - Thus in fixing the date of the annual general meeting, Section 166 as well as Section 210 must be considered. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has accordingly clarified that Sections 166 and 210 when read together clearly suggest that the Annual Gene...
 - 4.3.2 Date, time and place:
 - An annual general meeting must be called for at any time during business hours, on a day that is not a public holiday, and must be held either at the registered office of the company or at some other place within the city, town or village in which the...
 - A public company or private company which is a subsidiary of public company, may by its articles fix the time for its annual general meeting and may also by resolution passed in one general meeting fix the time for its subsequent annual general meetin...
 - A private company which is not a subsidiary of public company, may in like manner and also by a resolution agreed to by all the members thereof, fix the time as well as the place for its annual general meeting [Second proviso (6) of Section 166(2)]. S...
 - Can an annual general meeting be held on a public holiday? An annual general meeting cannot be held on a public holiday. A public holiday has been defined in Section 2(38) as a public holiday within the meaning of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881...
 - 4.3.3 Default in holding annual general meeting:
 - If an offence is committed by a company by not holding an annual general meeting in accordance with Section 166, or in not complying with any directions of the Central Government it will render the company and every officer of the company who is in de...
 - The Company Law Board may, not withstanding any thing in this Act, or in the Articles of the company, on the application of any member of the company, call or direct the calling of a general meeting of the company and gives such ancillary or consequen...
 - 4.3.4 Relevant case laws:
 - 4.4 Extraordinary General Meeting (Section 169)
 - An extraordinary general meeting is any general meeting of a company other than the statutory meeting or the annual general meeting or any adjournment thereof. Such a meeting may held subject to the terms of the Articles of Association at any time the...
 - There are, various matters in relation to administration of a company’s affairs, which can be transacted only by resolutions of members in a general meeting. It is not always possible or expedient for consideration of such matters to wait until the ne...
 - An extraordinary general meeting may be convened:
 - 1. By the Board of Directors: (a) On its own: An extraordinary general meeting may be convened by the directors if some business of special importance requires an approval from the members. The articles invariably provide, as does Reg. 48 (1) Table A ...
 - It is contended by some people that the term ‘extraordinary general meeting’ should be confined to a general meeting called on the requisition of members under Section 169, as not only this section is headed “calling of extraordinary general meeting o...
 - Exercise of directors’ power to call extraordinary general meetings. The directors’ power to call general meeting including extraordinary general meeting must, like their other powers, be exercised at a properly convened Board meeting. It is not open ...
 - If the Articles provide that a resolution in writing signed by all the members of the board without meeting is as effective as a resolution passed at a Board meeting as in normally the case, (Reg.81 of table A), a general meeting may be convened on a ...
 - The Articles also frequently provide for the contingency that there may be insufficient number of directors to call an extraordinary general meeting. Thus, Reg 48(2) of Table A provides that if at any time there are not within India sufficient directo...
 - (b) On requisition of members: The members of a company may also ask for an extraordinary meeting to be held. The Rules in this regard may be noted as hereunder:
 - Persons entitled to requisition (Section 169). A requisition for convening an extraordinary general meeting may be made by members (i) holding 10% of the paid-up share capital of the company and having a right to vote at the date of deposit of requisi...
 - Where two or more persons hold any shares or interest in a company jointly, a requisition, or a notice calling a meeting, signed by one or some only of them shall, for the purposes of this Section, have the same force and effect as if it had been sign...
 - Contents of requisition: The requisition should contain matters for consideration of which the meeting is to be called. If any special resolution is intended to be passed at the requisitioned meeting, the Board shall be deemed not to have duly convene...
 - Form and depositing of the requisition: The requisition may be in the form of letter addressed to the Board of directors. There may be one letter signed by the requisite number of members or there may be several letters in the like form. Although, the...
 - Compliance of requisition: The Board of Directors are under a legal obligation to proceed within 21 days of the deposit of the requisition to convene a meeting which should be held within 45 days of such deposit of the requisition with the company. [S...
 - Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists by reason of the failure of the Board to call a meeting duly shall be repaid to the requisitionists by the company; and any sum so repaid shall be retained by the company out of any sums due or t...
 - 2. By the requisitionists themselves: If the directors fail to issue the notice of the meeting within 21 days from the date of the deposit of requisition to convene the meeting on a day not later than 45 days from the date of deposit of the requisitio...
 - Such a meeting must be held within a period of three months from the date of the deposit of requisition by the requisitionists or any of them. The meeting shall be called in the same manner as nearly as possible that in which Board meeting are called ...
 - It may be noted that it is not necessary for the requisitionists to disclose reasons for resolution they propose to move at the meeting. Thus in Life Insurance Corporation of India Vs. Escort Ltd. (1986) 59 Comp. Cas. 548 (S.C), certain financial inst...
 - Held that every shareholder of a company has the right, subject to statutorily prescribed procedural and numerical requirements to call an extraordinary general meeting in accordance with the provision of the Companies Act, 1956. He cannot be restrain...
 - When the State or an instrumentality of the State ventures into the corporate world and purchases the shares of a company, it assume to itself the ordinary role of a shareholder, and don the robes of a shareholder, with all the right available to such...
 - It may again be noted that where an amalgamation scheme has been approved in a statutory meeting under Section 391, shareholders cannot requisition a meeting to compel the company for withdrawing its petition pending before Court for its sanction unde...
 - Thus in Centron Industrial Alliance Ltd. Vs. Pravin Kantilal Vakil (1985)57 Comp. Cas. 12(Bom)., after a scheme for the amalgamation of company C with company B had been approved by an overwhelming majority of shareholders and secured and unsecured cr...
 - Held that under Section 391, read with rule 79 of the Companies (Court) Rules after a scheme is approved at the statutory meeting held for the purpose, the company is under an obligation to present a petition for confirmation of the scheme within 7 da...
 - It may further be noted that the Court cannot prevent shareholders from requisitioning a meeting, discussing and passing a resolution, proposing a modification to an amalgamation scheme, even when the scheme is pending for sanction before Court. Thus ...
 - It may be mentioned here that once a final dividend is declared at an annual general meeting, no further dividend can be declared at an extraordinary general meeting. Sections 166, 186, 210, 211, 217 and provisions in Schedule VI, Part II, clause (3) ...
 - The business to be transacted at the extraordinary general meeting will be special in all cases [See Section 173 (1) (b)]. It is to be noted that even at an extraordinary meeting both ordinary and special resolution can be passed.
 - Relevant judicial rulings (Extraordinary general meetings).
 - (i) Every shareholder of a company has the right, subject to statutorily prescribed procedural and numerical requirements, to call an extraordinary general meeting in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts. He cannot be restrained from ...
 - (ii) Section 181, inter alia, states that notwithstanding anything contained in the Act, the articles of the company may provide that no member shall exercise any voting right in respect of any shares registered in his name on which any calls or oth...
 - (iii) Where an amalgamation scheme has been approved in a statutory meeting under Section 391, the shareholders cannot requisition a meeting to compel the company for withdrawing its petition pending before the Court for its sanction Under Section 392...
 - (iv) All that is required to be seen before the provision of sub-section (6) of Section 169 become applicable would be to consider whether the requisition deposited was in accordance with the provisions of Section 169 as to its contents, the number of...
 - 3. By the Company Law Board : If for any reasons it is ‘impracticable' to call a meeting of the company, other than an annual general meeting, in any manner in which the meeting of that company may be called, or to hold or to conduct it in any manner...
 - 4.5 Powers of Company Law Board/ Tribunal
 - Guidance of Judicial Rulings: The main principles that should guide the Tribunal as regards ordering meeting to be called were indicated in re, Ruttonjee & Co. Ltd.(1968) 2 Comp. LJ 155 (1970) 40 Com. Cases 491 (Cal.):
 - In Smt. Jain Vs. Delhi Flour Mills Company Ltd. and others (1974) 44 Comp. Cas. 228 (Delhi), it was held that an application under Section 186 need not to on behalf of the company for the very language of that Section even permits the Company Law Boar...
 - Where a meeting can be called by recourse to Section 169 or 167, the Company Law Board will not grant an application under Section 186; for the petitioner would at least have to show that there is no other option but to apply under Section 186.
 - In a petition under Section 186 for an order directing the holding of general meeting the CLB/Tribunal will not go to the extent of rectifying the register of members for the purpose of giving directions as to who should vote at such a meeting.
 - In re. Motion Pictures Association (1979) 46 Comp. Cas.298 (Delhi), it was held that:
 - A meeting which is not conducted in accordance with the directions of the Company Law Board in not a meeting of a company under sub-section (2) of Section 186 and any business conducted in that meeting must fail.
 - There is nothing is Section 186 which lays down that a Company Court which is supervising the scheme under Section 392 cannot call a meeting of the company if it feels that it is necessary to do so for the proper supervision and implementation of the ...
 - 4.7 Procedure for Convening and Conduct of General Meetings
 - 4.8 Notice of Meeting
 - The notice must be given by the proper summoning authority, which would normally be the Board of Directors. If however a notice has been issued without authority, the requisite authority may be given by ratification by the proper summoning authority b...
 - 4.8.1 Persons entitled to notice:
 - Notice of the meeting shall be given:
 - 4.8.2 Length of notice:
 - A general meeting cannot ordinarily be called by giving less than 21 days’ notice in writing excluding the day of service of notice and the day of the meeting [See Section 171(1)]. The Delhi High Court held in Bharat Kumar Dilwale Vs. Bharat Carbon a...
 - 4.8.3 Service of notice:
 - The notice may be served personally or sent through post to the registered address of the members and in the absence of any registered office in India, to the address, if there be any, within India furnished by him to the company for the purpose of se...
 - 4.9 Special and Ordinary Business
 - When we refer to the business of the company, it may be special business or ordinary business. The following discussion may be useful to understand the meaning and statutory requirements stipulated to transact these businesses by the Companies Act.
 - In the case of an annual general meeting the items of business relating to :(i) the consideration of the accounts, balance sheet and the reports of the Board of Directors and auditors; (ii) the declaration of a dividend; (iii) the appointment of dire...
 - If the notice convening the meeting (where at special business will be transacted) does not state the nature of the special business, the meeting would be deemed to have been convened irregularly. Consequently, that special business cannot be dealt wi...
 - 4.10 Quorum
 - Quorum means the minimum number of members who must be present in order to constitute a meeting and transact business thereat. Thus, quorum represents the number of members on whose presence the meeting of a company can commence its deliberations. Unl...
 - It should be noted that Act specifically provides that for certain purposes where two or more persons hold any shares jointly, they shall be counted only as one member, e.g. under Section 3(1) (iii) for the purposes of counting the number of members i...
 - 4.10.2 When quorum is immaterial:
 - If all the members are present, it is immaterial that the quorum required is more than the total number of members [Re. Express Engineering Works Ltd.(1920) Ch 466: Re Oxted Motor Co. Ltd. (1921) 3 KB 32]. If, for example, the articles of a private c...
 - The meeting cannot proceed with business in the absence of quorum. Unless the articles of the company provide otherwise, if within half-an-hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting of the company, quorum is not present then the meeting shal...
 - 4.10.3 Effect of failure of a quorum:
 - If no quorum is present, then there is no meeting and the proceedings are invalid [Re Romford Canal Co. (1883) 24 Ch D 85]. However, acts done creating rights in favour of third parties at a meeting without a quorum being present would not affect th...
 - In the context of Section 174, let us now grapple with some practical problems, Suppose, the articles of X & Co. Ltd provide thus, “In the event of the quorum being not present within half-an-hour- from the time scheduled for the annual general meetin...
 - (a) In the circumstance, what further steps are necessary to hold the annual general meeting? By implication of Section 174(2), if the articles of the company otherwise provide, the meeting cannot be adjourned to the same day at the next week at same...
 - (b) Now, if it is to be convened afresh as opined above, will a fresh resolution of the Board be needed? Since a resolution is taken at a Board meeting, fixing the date of the annual general meeting and since the annual general meeting will have to b...
 - (c) What will be the position of retiring directors-will they cease to be directors from the date on which the general meeting could not be held for want of quorum and consequently stood dissolved as per the articles as aforesaid or will they remain ...
 - Examples:
 - Answer
 - Can be said that quorum was present? Discuss.
 - Answer
 - Quorum means the minimum number of members that must be personally present in order to constitute a meeting and transact business threat. Thus, quorum represents the number of members on whose presence the meeting of a company can commence its delibe...
 - The word ‘personally present’ exclude proxies. However, the representative of a body corporate appointed under Section 187 or the representative of the President or a Governor of State under Section 187A is a member ‘personally present’ for purpose of...
 - The quorum of members, personally present means the presence of the members who are called to vote in the meeting. Preference shareholders can vote only in relation to the matters affecting the rights of preference shares. In the extra ordinary gene...
 - Thus, the number of persons being personally present would be as follows:
 - It can therefore be said that quorum was not present.
 - 4.11 Voting and the right to demand a Poll
 - At any general meeting vote is taken in the first instance by a show of hands (Section 177); each member has one vote. The shareholders present at the meeting indicate their views by raising their hands. As voting by a show of hands may not always ref...
 - (a) in the case of a public company having a share capital, by any member or members present in person or by proxy and holding shares in the company:
 - (i) which confer a power to vote on the resolution not being less than 1/10th of the total voting power in respect of the resolution, or
 - (ii) on which an aggregate sum of not less than ` 50,000 has been paid up;
 - (b) in the case of a private company having a share capital, by one member having the right to vote on the resolution and present in person or by proxy if not more than seven persons are personally present and by two such members present in person or...
 - (c) in case of any other company, by any member or members present in person or by proxy and having not less than 1/10th of the total voting power in respect of the resolution. [Section 179].
 - 4.12 Proxies
 - A proxy is an instrument in writing executed by a shareholder authorising another person to attend a meeting and to vote thereat on his behalf and in his absence. The term is also applied to the person so appointed.
 - Key Points:
 - Quorum-It is fixed by the articles. 5 members personally present in public company and 2 members personally present in case of other company shall constitute the quorum for a meeting of the company.
 - 4.13 Resolution
 - The purpose of a meeting is to arrive at decisions and the sense of a meeting is ascertained by voting upon proposals put to the meeting. A formal proposal put to the meeting is resolution. A company expresses its will by the mean of resolutions.
 - There are only two kinds of resolutions under the Act, ordinary and special, and they are defined in Section 189. Some writers classify resolutions into three types namely, ordinary, special and resolutions requiring special notice.
 - 4.13.1 Ordinary Resolution:
 - This is a motion passed by a simple majority of those present in person or by proxy where proxies are allowed and voting upon the resolution at a general meeting. Members not participating in voting are not taken into account. As distinguished from a ...
 - 4.13.2 Special Resolution:
 - Apart from ordinary resolutions, various sections of the Act provide that certain things can be done by a company with the authority of a special resolution passed at a duly constituted general meeting. A special resolution is an artificial conception...
 - “A resolution shall be a special resolution when:
 - In addition to the requirements of the Act, a company’s own articles may prescribe for special resolution where under the Act only an ordinary resolution is necessary. However, where the Act specifies for a special resolution, the articles cannot prov...
 - 4.13.3 Resolution requiring special notice:
 - For certain purposes, the Act requires a special notice, i.e., 14 days notice, to be received by the company from a shareholder of his intention to move the resolution, either as an ordinary or as a special resolution. After the receipt of the notice,...
 - The matters in respect of which special notice is required are: (1) for appointment a person as auditor at the annual general meeting other than the retiring auditor for providing expressly that the retiring auditor shall not be re-appointed [Section ...
 - Now suppose, at the annual general meeting of a company a resolution is proposed to be moved to the effect that the retiring auditors shall not be re-appointed. What would be the duty of the company and the right of the auditor in the circumstances? F...
 - 4.13.4 Circulation of members’ resolution and statements:
 - Students should carefully note the circumstances in which the members can make use of the administrative machinery of a company for introducing resolutions for consideration at next annual general meeting or for circulation of statements in regard to ...
 - The company on the receipt of the written requisition by: (i) such number of members as represents not less than 1/20th of the total voting power of all members having at the date of requisition, the right to vote on the resolution or business to whic...
 - 4.13.5 Registration of resolution and agreement (Section 192):
 - Printed or typewritten copies of all special resolutions as well as certain ordinary resolutions and agreements, some of which are described below, together with explanatory statement under Section 173 are required to be filed with the Registrar of Co...
 - (e) Resolutions requiring a company to be wound up voluntarily, passed under Section 484(1).
 - (f) Resolutions passed under Section 293 (1) (a), (d), (e).
 - (g) Resolutions approving the appointment of sole selling agents under Section 294 or 294AA on appointment of sole selling agent.
 - (h) Copies of the term and conditions of appointment of a sole selling agent appointed under Section 294 or of a sole selling agent or other person appointed under Section 294AA.
 - 4.14 Passing of Resolution by Postal Ballot: (Coming into Force w.e.f. 15th June, 2001) [Section 192A Companies (Amendment) Act, 2000.]
 - 4.15 Minutes
 - The minutes represent a written record of business transacted at a meeting. It is obligatory for every company to cause minutes of all proceedings of the general meetings, Board meetings and meetings of the committees of the Board to be entered in the...
 - A director, who is present at a meeting at which the minutes of a prior board meeting are confirmed, is not thereby made responsible for what was done at prior meeting [Re land Allotment Co. 1894 1 Ch. 615].
 - 4.16 Meeting of Debenture Holders
 - 4.17 Company Law in A Computerized Environment
 - Headquarters at New Delhi, Regional Directors (RD) at Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Noida and Ahmedabad
 - Registrar of Companies (ROC) in States and Union Territories
 - Business shall be enabled to register a company and file statutory documents quickly and easily
 - Public to get easy access to relevant records and effective grievances redressal
 - Professionals to be able to offer efficient services to their client companies
 - Financial Institutions to easily find charges registration and verification
 - Employees to ensure proactive and effective compliance of relevant laws and corporate governance
 - Design and development of application system
 - Setting up of IT infrastructure
 - Setting up the Digital Signature/PKI delivery mechanisms and associated security requirements
 - Setting up of Physical Front Offices (PFOs)
 - Setting up of temporary FOs for the peak periods to meet with the requirements and subsequent shutdown of temporary FOs at the end of such peak periods
 - Migrating legacy data and digitization of paper documents to the new system
 - Providing MCA services to all MCA 21 stakeholders in accordance with the Service Oriented Approach
 - Providing user training at all levels and all offices (Front and Back Offices)
 - e-Filing
 - Viewing public document
 - Requesting certified copies
 - Registering investor complaint
 - Tracking transaction status
 - Dynamic routing of documents that have been electronically filed to the concerned official within MCA based on the type of service request.
 - Electronic workflow systems to support speed and certainty in service delivery
 - Supporting all routine tasks such as registrations and approvals
 - Storing of all approved documents of companies as part of electronic records, including provision of access to electronic records for the stakeholders
 - Enhancing identification of defaulters
 - Increasing efficiency of Technical Scrutiny
 - Ensuring close follow-up on matters related to compliance management including prosecutions
 - Enabling quicker responses to investor grievances
 - Providing alerts when the tasks are not carried out within stipulated period
 - Expeditious incorporation of companies
 - Simplified and ease of convenience in filing of Forms/ Returns
 - Better compliance management
 - Total transparency through e-Governance
 - Customer centric approach
 - Increased usage of professional certificate for ensuring authenticity and reliability of the Forms / Returns
 - Building up a centralised database repository of corporate operating
 - Enhanced service level fulfillment
 - Inspection of public documents of companies anytime from anywhere
 - Registration as well as verification of charges anytime from anywhere
 - Timely redressal of investor grievances
 - Availability of more time for MCA employees for monitoring and supervision.
 - The MCA-21 Programme also introduces the concept of Director Identification Number (DIN), which is a unique identification number being issued to all directors. All directors, be it those of existing companies or first time directors, will need to reg...
 - Some FAQ’s on E-Filing
 - Expeditious incorporation of companies, Simplified and ease of convenience in filing of Forms/ Returns, Better compliance management, Total transparency through e-Governance etc.
 
 

1 
The Indian Contract Act, 1872 
UNIT– I : BACKGROUND 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to - 
♦ Understand the meaning of the terms 'agreement' and 'contract' and note the distinction 
between the two. 
♦ Note the essential elements of a contract. 
♦ Be clear about various types of contract. 
♦ 
Understand the concept of offer and acceptance and rules of communication and 
revocation thereof. 
Any commercial activity requires ‘understanding’ among people concerned. This 
understanding is often reduced into writing to give effect to the intention of the parties. Such 
formal versions are known as contracts. These contracts define the rights and obligations of 
various parties to facilitate easy performance of the contractual obligations. 
The Indian Contract Act,  1872 codifies the legal principles that govern such ‘contracts’. The 
Act basically identifies the ingredients of a legally enforceable valid contract in addition to 
dealing with certain special type of contractual relationships like indemnity, guarantee, 
bailment, pledge, quasi contracts, contingent contracts etc. 
1.1 What is a Contract? 
While all contracts are agreements, all agreements are not contracts. An agreement which is 
legally enforceable alone is a contract. Agreements which are not legally enforceable are not 
contracts but remain as void agreements which are not enforceable at all or as voidable 
agreements which are enforceable by only one of the parties to the agreement. 
The above observation would raise a question in our minds as to what is the exact meaning of 
the words ‘agreements’ and ‘contracts’. 
An Agreement is a promise or a commitment or set of reciprocal promises or commitments. An 
Agreement involves an offer or proposal by one person and acceptance of such offer or proposal 
by another person. If the agreement is capable of being enforced by law then it is a contract. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.2  Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
Now let us take a look at the definitions as per the Act. Section 2(b) while defining a ‘promise’ 
provides that “when the person to whom the proposal is made signifies his assent thereto, the 
proposal is said to be accepted. Proposal when accepted becomes a promise”. 
Section 2(e) of the Act defines an agreements as ‘every promise and every set of promises 
forming consideration for each other’. Section 2(h) of the Act defines the term contract as “an 
agreement enforceable by law”. 
The above discussion can be diagramatically represented as follows: 
1.2 Essentials of a Valid Contract 
Now let us discuss the various essential elements of a valid contract. 
In terms of Section 10 of the Act, “all agreements are contracts if they are made by the free 
consent of the parties competent to contract, for a lawful consideration and with a lawful object 
and are not expressly declared to be void”. 
Thus, in order to create a valid contract, the following elements should be present: 
1. Intention to create legal obligation through offer and acceptance should be present. 
2. Free consent of the parties is necessary. 
3. Competency or capacity of parties to enter into contract must be ensured. 
4. Lawful consideration & lawful object should be present, and  
5. Agreement not expressely declared to be void. 
proposal
promise
Consideration
Agreement
Legally enforceable
contract voidable agreement
Legally not enforceable
void agreement
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.3 
The above important elements may be further analysed as under: 
1. Offer and Acceptance: In the first place, there must be an offer and the said offer must 
have been accepted. Such offer and acceptance should create legal obligations between 
parties. This should result in a moral duty on the person who promises or offers to do 
something. Similarly this should also give a right to the promise to claim its fulfillment. Such 
duties and rights should be legal and not merely moral. 
Case law: 
In Balfour v. Balfour, a husband promised to pay maintenance allowance every month to his 
wife, so long as they remain separate. When he failed to perform this promise, she brought an 
action to enforce it. As it is an agreement of domestic nature, it was held that it does not 
contemplate to create any legal obligation. 
2. Consent: The second element is the ‘consent’ of the parties. ‘Consent’ means 
‘knowledge and approval’ of the parties concerned. This can also be understood as identity of 
minds in understanding the term viz consensus ad idem. Further such a consent must be free. 
Consent  would be considered as free consent if it is not vitiated by coercion, undue influence, 
fraud, misrepresentation or mistake. Wherever the consent of any party is not free, the 
contract is voidable at the option of that party. 
Illustration:- A threatened to shoot B if he (B) does not lend him ` 2000 and B agreed to it. 
Here the agreement is entered into under coercion and hence voidable at the option of B. 
3. Capacity of the parties: The third element is the capacity of the parties to make a valid 
contract. Capacity or incapacity of a person could be decided only after reckoning various 
factors. Section 11 of the Indian Contract Act,1872 elaborates on the issue by providing that a 
person who- 
(a) has not attained the age of majority, 
(b) is  of unsound mind and  
(c) is disqualified from entering into a contract by any law to which he is subject, 
should be considered as not competent to enter into any contract. Therefore law prohibits (a) 
Minors (b) persons of unsound mind [excluding the Lucid intervals] and (c) person who are 
otherwise disqualified like an alien enemy, insolvents, convicts etc from entering into any 
contract. 
4.  Consideration: The fourth element is presence of a lawful ‘consideration’. 
‘Consideration’ would generally mean ‘compensation’ for doing or omitting to do an act or 
deed. It is also referred to as ‘quid pro quo’ viz ‘something in return for another thing’. Such a 
consideration should be a lawful consideration. 
Example:-  A agrees to sell his books to B for ` 100,  B’s promise to pay ` 100 is the 
consideration  for A’s promise to sell his books and A’s promise to sell the books is the 
consideration for B’s promise to pay ` 100. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.4  Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
5.  Not expressly declared to be void: The last element to clinch a contract is that the 
agreement entered into for this purpose must not be which the law declares to be either illegal 
or void. An illegal agreement is an agreement expressly or impliedly prohibited by law. A void 
agreement is one without any legal effects. 
For  Example: Threat to commit murder or making/publishing defamatory statements or  
entering into agreements which are opposed to public policy are illegal in nature. Similarly any 
agreement in restraint of trade, marriage, legal proceedings etc are classic examples of void 
agreements. 
Key Points 
♦ An agreement enforceable by law is a contract. It creates legal obligations between the 
parties. 
♦ Every promise and every set of promises forming consideration for each other is an 
agreement. 
♦ An agreement comes into existence when one party accepts a proposal put forward by 
other. In other words, agreement is a promise which results from acceptance of a 
proposal. Thus agreement, a promise/set of promises is  an accepted proposal. 
1.3 Types of Contract 
Now let us discuss various types of contracts 
1. Void Contract: Section 2 (j) states as follows: “A contract which ceases to be 
Types of Contracts on the basis of
Validity
Valid contract
Void contract
Voidable contract
Illegal agreement
Unenforceable
Formation
Express contract
Implied contract
Ouasi contract
Performance
Executed contract
Executory contract
Unilateral contract
Bilateral contract
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.5 
enforceable by law becomes void when it ceases to be enforceable”. Thus a void contract is 
one which cannot be enforced by a court of law. 
Example :  Mr. X  agrees to write a book with a  publisher. After few days, X dies in an 
accident. Here the contract becomes void due to the impossibility of performance of the 
contract . 
It may be added by way of clarification here that when a contract is void, it is not a contract at 
all but for the purpose of identifying it , it has to be called a [void] contract. 
2. Voidable Contract: Section 2(i) defines that an agreement which is enforceable by law 
at the option of one or more parties but not at the option of the other or others is a voidable 
contract. 
This infact means where one of the parties to the agreement is in a position or is legally 
entitled or authorized to avoid performing his part, then the agreement is treated and becomes 
voidable. Such a right might arise from the fact that the contract may have been brought about 
by one of the parties by coercion, undue influence, fraud or misrepresentation and hence the 
other party has a right to treat it as a voidable contract. 
At this juncture it would be desirable to know the distinction between a void contract and a 
voidable contract. The distinctions lie in three aspects namely definition, nature and rights. 
These are elaborated hereunder: 
(a) Definition: A void contract cannot be enforced at all. A voidable contract is an agreement 
which is enforceable only at the option of one of the parties but not at the option of the other. 
Therefore ‘enforceability’ or otherwise, divides the two types of contracts. 
(b) Nature: By nature, a void contract is valid at the time when it is made but becomes 
unenforceable and thus void on account of subsequent developments or events like 
supervening impossibility, subsequent illegality etc., Repudiation of a voidable contract also 
renders the contract void. Similarly a contingent contract might become void when the 
occurrence of the event on which it is contingent becomes impossible. 
On the other hand voidable contract would remain valid until it is rescinded by the person who 
has the option to treat it as voidable. The right to treat it as voidable does not invalidate the 
contract until such right is exercised. All contracts caused by coercion, undue influence, fraud, 
misrepresentation are voidable. Generally, a contract caused by mistake is void. 
(c) Rights: As regards rights of the parties, in the case of a void contract there is no legal 
remedy for the parties as the contract cannot be performed in any way. In the case of voidable 
contract the aggrieved party has a right to rescind it within a reasonable time. If it is so 
rescinded, it becomes void. If it is not rescinded, it is a valid contract. 
3. Illegal Contract: Illegal contract are those that are forbidden by law. All illegal contracts 
are hence void also. Because of the illegality of their nature they cannot be enforced by any 
court of law. In fact even associated contracts cannot be enforced. Contracts which are 
opposed to public policy or immoral are illegal. Similarly contracts to commit crime like supari 
contracts are illegal contracts. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.6  Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
The above discussion shows that illegal contracts are at par with void contracts. The Act 
specifies several factors which would render an agreement void. One such factor is unlawful 
nature of contract or the consideration meant for it. Though illegal agreements and void 
agreements appear similar they differ in the following manner: 
(a) Scope: All illegal agreements are void. However void agreements might not be illegal at 
the time of entering but would have become void because of some other factors. For 
example, where the terms of the agreement are uncertain the agreement would not be 
illegal but might be treated as void. An illegal contract would encompass a void contract 
where as a void contract may not include in its scope illegal contracts. 
(b) Nature and character: Illegal agreements are void since the very beginning they are 
invariably described as void ab initio. As already emphasized under the scope, a contract 
by nature, which is valid, can subsequently change its character and can become void. 
(c) Effect on collateral transactions: In the case of illegal contract, even the collateral 
transactions namely transactions which are to be complied with before or after or 
concurrently along with main contract also become not enforceable. In contrast in the 
case of voidable contracts the collateral transactions can be enforced despite the fact 
that the main contract may have become voidable, to the extent the collateral 
transactions are capable of being performed independently. 
(d) Penalty or punishment: All illegal agreements are punishable under different laws  say 
like Indian Penal Code etc. Whereas parties to void agreements do not face such 
penalties or punishments. 
Further classification of contracts according to the formation is also possible. Under this sub-
classification the following contracts fall: 
4. Express Contracts: A contract would be an express contract if the terms are expressed 
by words or in writing. Section 9 of the Act provides that if a proposal or acceptance of any 
promise is made in words the promise is said to be express. 
5. Implied Contracts: Implied contracts in contrast come into existence by implication. 
Most often the implication is by law and or by action. Section 9 of the Act contemplates such 
implied contracts when it lays down that in so far as such proposal or acceptance is made 
otherwise than in words, the promise is said to be implied. For instance ‘A’ delivers goods by 
mistake at the warehouse of ‘B’ instead of that of ‘C’. Here ‘B’ not being entitled to receive the 
goods is obliged to return the goods to ‘A’ although there was no such contract to that effect. 
6. Tacit Contracts:  Tacit contracts are those that are inferred through the conduct of 
parties. A classic example of tacit contract would be when cash is withdrawn by a customer of 
a bank from the automatic teller machine [ATM]. Another example of of tacit contract is where 
a contract is assumed to have been entered when a sale is given effect to at the fall of 
hammer in an auction sale.  
Further classification of contracts is possible on the basis of their performance. They are: 
7.  Executed Contract:  The consideration in a given contract could be an act or 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.7 
forbearance. When the act is done or executed or the forbearance is brought on record, then 
the contract is an executed contract.   
8. Executory Contract: In an executory contract the consideration is reciprocal promise or 
obligation. Such consideration is to be performed in future only and therefore these contracts 
are described as executory contracts. 
9. Unilateral Contract: Unilateral contract is a one sided contract in which only one party 
has to perform his duty or obligation. 
10. Bilateral Contract:  A Bilateral contract is one where the obligation or promise is 
outstanding on the part of both the parties.   
Now let us take a look at yet another type of classification of contracts from the view point of 
English Law. 
The English law classifies contracts as (i) Formal contracts and (ii) Simple contracts. 
Formal contracts are further classified as (a) Contract of Record and (b) Contract under Seal. 
(a) Contract of Record:  A contract of record derives its binding force from the authority of 
court. The authority of court is invariably through judgment of a court or by way of 
recognizance. The judgment of a court is technically not a contract as it is not based on the 
agreement between parties. However the judgment is binding on all the persons who are 
litigants. The judgment creates certain rights on certain persons and obligation on certain 
other persons. A recognizance, on the other hand is a written acknowledgement of a debt due 
to the state generally in the context of criminal proceedings. 
(b) Contract under Seal: A contract under seal is one which derives its binding force from 
its form alone. It is in writing, duly signed and sealed and delivered to parties. It is also 
referred to as a deed or a specialty contract. 
Simple contracts as against formal contracts are devoid of all the formalities referred above. 
Key Points 
♦ Void agreement- Agreement not enforceable by law and is without any legal effect. 
♦ Void contract- Valid at the time of making but becomes void subsequently due to change 
in circumstances. 
♦ Voidable contract- Agreement enforceable at the option of the aggrieved party. Until the 
party won’t nullify, it remains valid. 
♦ Illegal agreement-An agreement prohibited or forbidden by law. 
♦ Express contract-Where parties orally or written defines terms and conditions of the 
contract. 
♦ Implied contract-Contract inferred from act,  conduct or from the circumstances of the 
case. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.8  Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
♦ Executed contract- Which has been completely performed by all the parties. 
♦ Executory contract- One in which something remains to be done by all the parties. 
♦ Bilateral contracts- Where the obligations on the part of both the parties are outstanding 
at the time of formation of the contract. 
♦ Unilateral contract- Where only one party has to perform his duty or obligation . 
1.4 Proposal / Offer 
It has been explained in the previous paragraphs that a proposal or a promise backed by legal 
consideration is an agreement and such an agreement, if legally enforceable, becomes a contract. 
It would therefore be clear that the starting point of this chain is a proposal or a promise. It is 
proposed now to discuss as to what is a proposal/offer, what are the types of offer, etc. 
The word ‘proposal’ and the word ‘offer’ mean one and the same thing and therefore are used 
interchangeably. In terms of Section 2(a) of the Act “a person is said to make a proposal when 
he signifies to another his willingness to do or abstain from doing anything with a view to 
obtaining the assent of that other to such act or abstinence”. It must be appreciated that ‘doing 
an act’ and ‘not doing an act’ both have the same effect in the eyes of the law, though one is a 
positive act and the other is a negative act. 
Hence there are two important ingredients to an offer. Firstly, it must be expressions of 
willingness to do or to abstain from doing an act. Secondly, the willingness must be expressed 
with a view to obtain the assent of the other party to whom the offer is made. 
This can be illustrated as follows: 
(a) Where “A” tells “B” that he desires to marry ‘B’ by the end of 2006, there is no offer made 
unless, he also asks “will you marry me?”, conveying his willingness and tries to obtain 
the assent of ‘B’ in the same breadth. 
(b) Where “A” offers to sell his car to “B” it conveys his willingness to do an act. Through this 
offer not only willingness is being conveyed but also an intention to obtain the assent can 
be seen. 
Classification of offer: Offer can be classified as general offer, special/specific offer, cross 
offer, counter offer, standing/open/continuing offer. Now let us examine each one of them. 
(a) General offer:  It is an offer made to public at large with or without any time limit. In terms 
of Section 8 of the Act,  anyone performing the conditions of the offer can be considered to 
have accepted the offer (Carlill v. Carbolic Smoke Ball). Until the general offer is retracted or 
withdrawn, it can be accepted by anyone at any time as it is a continuing offer. 
(b) Special/specific offer:  Where an offer is made to a particular and specified person, it is a 
specific offer. Only that person can accept such specific offer, as it is special and exclusive to 
him. [Boulton v. Jones] 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.9 
(c) Cross offer: As per section 2(b), when a person to whom proposal (offer) is made 
signifies his assent, the proposal is said to be accepted. Thus, assent can be only to a 
‘proposal’. If there was no proposal, question of its acceptance cannot arise. For example, if A 
makes a proposal to B to sell some goods at a specified price and B, without knowing 
proposal of A, makes a proposal to purchase the same goods at the price specified in the 
proposal of A, it is not an acceptance, as B was not aware of proposal made by A. It is only 
cross proposal (cross offer). And when two persons make offer to each other, it can not be 
treated as mutual acceptance. There is no binding contract in such a case [Tin v. Hoffmen & 
Co. 1873]  
(d) Counter offer: Upon receipt of an offer from an offeror, if the offeree instead of accepting 
it straightway, imposes conditions which have the effect of modifying or varying the offer, he is 
said to have made a counter offer. Counter offers amounts to rejection of original offer. 
(e) Standing or continuing or open offer:  An offer which is made to public at large and if it is 
kept open for public acceptance for a certain period of time, it is known as standing or 
continuing or open offer. Tenders that are invited for supply of materials and goods are classic 
examples of standing offer. 
Rules relating to offer: Following are the rules for a valid and legal offer: 
(a) The ‘offer’ must be with intent to create a legal relationship. Hence if it is accepted, it 
must result in a valid contract. An invitation to join a friend for dinner is a social activity. 
This does not create a legal relationship or right or obligation. 
(b) The offer must be certain and definite. It must not be vague. If the terms are vague, it is 
not capable of being accepted as the vagueness would not create any contractual 
relationship. For example, where ‘A’ offers to sell 100 litres of oil, without indicating what 
kind of oil would be sold, it is a vague offer and hence cannot create any contractual 
relationship. If however there is a mechanism to end the vagueness, the offer can be 
treated as valid. For example, in the above example if ‘A’ does not deal in any oil but only 
in gingilee oil and this is known to every one, the offer cannot be treated as vague offer. 
This is for the reason that the trade in which ‘A’ is, is a clear indicator providing a 
mechanism to understand the terms of offer. 
(c) The offer must be express or implied. 
(d) The offer must be distinguished from an invitation to offer. 
(e) The offer must be either specific or general. 
(f) The offer must be communicated to the person to whom it is made. Otherwise the offeree 
cannot accept the offer. He cannot accept the offer because he is not aware of the 
existence of the offer. Such a situation does not create any legal obligation or right on 
any one. 
(g) The offer must be made with a view to obtaining the consent of the offeree. 
(h) An offer can be conditional but there should be no term in the offer that non-compliance 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.10 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
would amount to acceptance. Thus the offeror cannot say that if non-acceptance is not 
communicated by a certain time the offer would be treated as accepted.  
What is invitation to offer? 
An offer and invitation to offer are not one and the same. The difference between the two must 
be appreciated. An offer is definite. It is an intention towards a contract. An invitation to offer is 
an act precedent to making an offer. It is done with intent to generally to induce and negotiate. 
An invitation to offer gives rise to an offer after due negotiation and it cannot be per se 
accepted. 
In an invitation to offer there is no expression of willingness by the offeror to be bound by his 
offer. It is only a proposal of certain terms on which he is willing to negotiate. It is not capable 
of being accepted as it is. 
When there is advertisement by a person he has a stock of books for sale, it is an invitation to 
offer and not an offer. This advertisement is made to receive offers and to further negotiate. 
In terms of Section 2[a] of the Act, it is very clear that an offer is the final expression of 
willingness by the offeror to be bound by the offer if it is accepted by the other party. Hence 
the only thing that is required is the willingness of the offeree to abide by the terms of offer. 
The test to decide whether a statement is an ‘offer’  or  ‘invitation to offer’  is to see the 
‘intention’. If a person who makes the statement has the intention to be bound by it as soon as 
the other accepts, he is making an offer. If he however intends to do some other act, he is 
making only an invitation to offer. Thus the intention to be bound is the important thing, which 
is to be seen. 
In Harvey vs. Facie [1893] AC 552 Privy Council succinctly explained the distinction between 
an offer and an invitation to offer. In the given case, the plaintiffs through a telegram asked the 
defendants two questions namely, 
(i) Will you sell us Bumper Hall Pen? and 
(ii) Telegraph lowest cash price. 
The defendants replied through telegram that the “lowest price for Bumper Hall Pen is  ₤900”. 
The  plaintiffs  sent  another  telegram  stating  “we  agree  to  buy  Bumper  Hall  Pen  at  ₤900…” 
However the defendants refused to sell the property at the price. 
The plaintiffs sued the defendants contending that they had made an offer to sell the property 
at ₤900 and therefore they are bound by the offer. 
However the Privy Council did not agree with the plaintiffs on the ground that while plaintiffs 
had asked two questions, the defendant replied only to the second question by quoting the 
price but did not answer the first question but reserved their answer with regard to their 
willingness to sell. Thus they made no offer at all. Their Lordships held that the mere 
statement of the lowest price at which the vendor would sell contained no implied contract to 
sell to the person who had enquired about the price. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.11 
The above decision was followed in Mac Pherson vs Appanna [1951] A.S.C. 184 where the 
owner of the property had said that he would not accept less than ` 6000/-  for it. This 
statement did not indicate any offer but indicated only an invitation to offer. 
Similarly when goods are sold through auction, the auctioneer does not contract with any one 
who attends the sale. The auction is only an advertisement to sell but the items are not put for 
sale though persons who have come to the auction may have the intention to purchase. 
Following are instances of invitation to offer to buy or sell: 
(i) An invitation by a company to the public to subscribe for its shares. 
(ii) Display of goods for sale in shop windows. 
(iii) Advertising auction sales and  
(iv) Quotation of prices sent in reply to a query regarding price. 
Key Points 
♦ Offer-An expression of willingness of offeror to an offreee to do or to abstain from doing 
anything,with a view to obtain the assent of an offeree and to enter him into a contract.  
♦ Agreement-An accepted offer/proposal 
♦ Promisor- Person making the proposal. 
♦ Promisee- Person accepting the proposal 
♦ Express Offer-Expressed by written/spoken words 
♦ Implied offer-Expressed other than in written /spoken words 
♦ Specific offer-Offer made to a specific person 
♦ General offer-Offer made to the public at large 
♦ Cross offers- Identical offers made in ignorance to each other. 
♦ Counter offers-  Offer accepted on the terms and conditions other  than set out by the 
offeror. 
♦ Standing offer- Offer open for acceptance over period of time. 
♦ Legal rules for valid offer-Definite and certain, made with an intention to create legal 
relations and must be communicated. 
♦ Invitation to an offer-One party invites other party to make an offer i.e.,an offer to make an 
offer. 
1.5 Acceptance 
The  significance of “acceptance of a proposal”  so as to form an agreement has been 
discussed in previous paragraphs. Let us analyse various issues concerning ‘acceptance’ 
now, 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.12 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
Meaning: In terms of Section 2(b) of the Act, “A proposal or offer is said to have been 
accepted when the person to whom the proposal is made signifies his assent to the proposal 
to do or not to do something”. In short, act of acceptance lies in signifying one’s assent to the 
proposal. 
Relationship between offer and acceptance: According to Sir William Anson “Acceptance is 
to offer what a lighted match is to a train of gun powder”. The effect of this observation is that 
what acceptance triggers cannot be recalled or undone. But there is a choice to the person 
who had the train to remove it before the match is applied. It in effect means that the offer can 
be withdrawn just before it is accepted. Acceptance converts the offer into a promise and then 
it is too late to revoke it. This means as soon as the train of gun powder is lighted it would 
explode. Gun powder [the train] itself is inert, but it is the lighted match [the acceptance] which 
causes the gun powder to explode. The significance of this is an offer by itself cannot create 
any legal relationship but it is the acceptance by the offeree which creates a legal relationship. 
Once an offer is accepted it becomes a promise and cannot be withdrawn or revoked. An offer 
remains an offer so long as it is not accepted, but becomes a contract as soon as it is 
accepted. 
Rules governing acceptance 
(1) Acceptance must be absolute and unqualified: As per section 7 of the Act, acceptance is 
valid only when it is absolute and unqualified and is also expressed in some usual and 
reasonable manner unless the proposal prescribes the manner in which it must be accepted. If 
the proposal prescribes the manner in which it must be accepted, then it must be accepted 
accordingly. The above view will be clear from the following example: 
‘A’ enquires from ‘B’, “Will you purchase my car for ` 2 lakhs?” If ‘B’ replies “I shall purchase your car 
for ` 2 lakhs, if you buy my motorcycle for ` 50000/-, here ‘B’ cannot be considered to have accepted 
the proposal. If on the other hand ‘B’ agrees to purchase the car from ‘A’ as per his proposal subject 
to availability of valid Registration Certificate / book for the car, then the acceptance is in place though 
the offer contained no mention of R.C. book. This is because expecting a valid title for the car is not a 
condition. Therefore the acceptance in this case is unconditional. 
(2) The acceptance must be communicated: To conclude a contract between the parties, the 
acceptance must be communicated in some perceptible form. Any conditional acceptance or 
acceptance with varying or too deviant conditions is no acceptance. Such conditional 
acceptance is a counter proposal and has to be accepted by the proposer, if the original 
proposal has to materialize into a contract. Further when a proposal is accepted, the offeree 
must have the knowledge of the offer made to him. If he does not have the knowledge, there 
can be no acceptance. The acceptance must relate specifically to the offer made. Then only it 
can materialize into a contract. The above points will be clearer from the following examples, 
(a) M offered to sell his land to N for £ 280. N replied purporting to accept the offer but 
enclosed a cheque for £ 80 only. He promised to pay the balance of £ 200 by monthly 
installments of £ 50 each. It was held that N could not enforce his acceptance because it 
was not an unqualified one. [Neale vs. Merret [1930] W. N. 189]. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.13 
(b) A offers to sell his house to B for ` 1000/-. B replied that, “I can pay ` 800 for it. The 
offer of ‘A’ is rejected by ‘B’ as the acceptance is not unqualified. B however changes his 
mind and is prepared to pay ` 1000/-. This is also treated as counter offer and it is upto 
A whether to accept it or not. [Union of India v. Bahulal AIR 1968 Bombay 294]. 
A mere variation in the language not involving any difference in substance would not make the 
acceptance ineffective. [Heyworth vs. Knight [1864] 144 ER 120]. 
(3) Acceptance must be in the prescribed mode: Where the proposal prescribes the mode of 
acceptance, it must be accepted in that manner. Where the proposal does not prescribe the 
manner, then it must be accepted in a reasonable manner. If the proposer does not insist on the 
proposal being accepted in the manner in which it has to be accepted, after it is accepted in any 
other manner not originally prescribed, the proposer is presumed to have consented to the 
acceptance. Sometimes the acceptor may agree to a proposal but may insist on a formal 
agreement, in which case until a formal agreement is drawn up there is no complete acceptance. 
(4) The acceptance must be given within a reasonable time and before the offer lapses. 
(5) Mere silence is not acceptance. The acceptor should expressly accept the offer. 
Acceptance can be implied also. Acceptance must be given only by that person to whom 
it is made, that too only after knowing about the offer made to him. 
(6) Acceptance by conduct: As already elaborated above, acceptance has to be signified 
either in writing or by word of mouth or by performance of some act. The last of the method, 
namely ‘by some act’ has to be understood as acceptance by conduct. In a case like this 
where a person performs the act intended by the proposer as the consideration for the 
promise offered by him, the performance of the act constitutes acceptance. In other words, 
there is an acceptance by conduct.  
For  example, where a tradesman receives an order from a customer, and the order is 
executed accordingly by the trader, there is an “acceptance by conduct” of the offer made by 
the customer. The trader’s subsequent act signifies acceptance. 
Section 8 of the Act very clearly in this regard lays down that “ the performance of the 
condition(s) of a proposal or the acceptance of any consideration of a reciprocal promise 
which may be offered with a proposal constitutes an acceptance of the proposal. 
Key Points 
♦ Acceptance-  Assent of offeree to a  proposal. On  acceptance of proposal, proposer is 
called as promisor and offeree as promisee. 
♦ Acceptance is irreversible as once it is given and reaches to the proposer it cannot be 
recalled, 
♦ Rules  for  valid acceptance-  It must be absolute and unqualified, communicated,  and 
must be in the prescribed mode and given within a reasonable time. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.14 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
1.6 Communication of Offer and Acceptance 
The importance of ‘offer’ and ‘acceptance’ in giving effect to a valid contract was explained in 
the previous paragraphs. One important common requirement for both ‘offer’ and  ‘acceptance’ 
is their effective communication. Effective and proper communication prevents avoidable 
revocation and misunderstanding between parties. The communication part of it assumes 
importance because parties are separated by and distance. In which case the modes of 
communication like, post/courier, telegram, fax, email, telephone etc., become very relevant 
because the method of communication would also decide the ‘time’ of ‘offer’ and ‘acceptance’. 
The Indian Contract  Act,1872 gives a lot of importance to “time” element in deciding when the 
offer and acceptance is complete. 
Communication of offer: In terms of Section 4 of the Act, “ the communication of offer is 
complete when it comes to the knowledge of the person to whom it is made”. Therefore 
knowledge of communication is of relevance. Knowledge of the offer would materialize when 
the offer is given in writing or made by word of mouth or by some other conduct. This can be 
explained by an example. Where ‘A’ makes a proposal to ‘B’ by post to sell his house for ` 5 
lakhs and if the letter containing the offer is posted on 10th March and if that letter reaches ‘B’ 
on 12th March the offer is said to have been communicated on 12th March when B received the 
letter. Thus it can be summed up that when a proposal is made by post, its communication will 
be complete when the letter containing the proposal reaches the person to whom it is made.  
Communication of acceptance: There are two issues for discussion and understanding. 
They are: what are the modes of acceptance and when is acceptance complete? 
Let us,  first consider the modes of acceptance. Section 3 of the Act prescribes in general 
terms two modes of communication namely, (a) by any act and (b) by omission, intending 
thereby to, to communicate to the other or which has the effect of communicating it to the 
other. 
Communication by act would include any expression of words whether written or oral. Written 
words will include letters, telegrams, faxes, emails and even advertisements. Oral words will 
include telephone messages. Again communication would include any conduct intended to 
communicate like positive acts or signs so that the other person understands what the person 
‘acting ‘ or ‘making signs’ means to say or convey. 
Communication can also be by ‘omission’ to do any or something. Such omission is conveyed 
by a conduct or by forbearance on the part of one person to convey his willingness or assent. 
However silence would not be treated as communication by ‘omission’. 
Communication of acceptance is also done by conduct. For instance, delivery of goods at a 
price by a seller to a willing buyer will be understood as a communication by conduct to 
convey acceptance. Similarly one need not explain why one boards a public bus or drop a coin 
in a weighing machine. The first act is a conduct of acceptance and its communication to the 
offer by the public transport authority to carry any passenger. The second act is again a 
conduct conveying acceptance to use the weighing machine kept by the vending company as 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.15 
an offer to render that service for a consideration. 
The other issue in communication of acceptance is about the effect of act or omission or 
conduct. These indirect efforts must result in effectively communicating its acceptance or non 
acceptance. If it has no such effect, there is no communication regardless of which the 
acceptor thinks about the offer within himself. Thus a mere mental unilateral assent in one’s 
own mind would not amount to communication. Where a resolution passed by a bank to sell 
land to ‘A’ remained uncommunicated to ‘A’, it was held that there was no communication and 
hence no contract. [Central Bank Yeotmal vs Vyankatesh (1949) A. Nag. 286]. 
Let us now come to the issue of when communication of acceptance is complete. In terms of 
Section 4 of the Act, it is complete, 
(i) As against the proposer, when it is put in course of transmission to him so as to be out of 
the power of the acceptor to withdraw the same; 
(ii) As against the acceptor, when it comes to the knowledge of the proposer. 
Where a proposal is accepted by a letter sent by the post, the communication of acceptance 
will be complete as against the proposer when the letter of acceptance is posted and as 
against the acceptor when the letter reaches the proposer. For instance in the above example, 
if ‘B’ accepts, A’s proposal and sends his acceptance by post on 14th, the communication of 
acceptance as against ‘A’ is complete on 14th, when the letter is posted. As against ‘B’ 
acceptance will be complete, when the letter reaches ‘A’. Here ‘A’ the proposer will be bound 
by B’s acceptance, even if the letter of acceptance is delayed in post or lost in transit. The 
golden rule is proposer becomes bound by the contract, the moment acceptor has posted the 
letter of acceptance. But it is necessary the letter is correctly addressed, sufficiently stamped 
and duly posted. In such an event the loss of letter in transit, wrong delivery, non delivery etc., 
will not affect the validity of the contract. However from the view point of acceptor, he will be 
bound by his acceptance only when the letter of acceptance has reached the proposer. So it is 
crucial in this case that the letter reaches the proposer. If there is no delivery of the letter, the 
acceptance could be treated as having been completed from the viewpoint of proposer but not 
from the viewpoint of acceptor.  Of course this will give rise to an awkward situation of only 
one party to the contract being treated as bound by the contract though no one would be sure 
as to where the letter of acceptance had gone. 
Communication of special conditions: Sometimes there are situations  where there are 
contracts with special conditions. These special conditions are conveyed tacitly and the 
acceptance of these conditions are also conveyed by the offeree again tacitly or without him 
even realizing it. 
For instance where a passenger undertakes a travel, the conditions of travel are printed at the 
back of the tickets, sometimes these special conditions are brought to the notice of the 
passenger, sometimes not. In any event, the passenger is treated as having accepted the 
special condition the moment he bought his ticket. 
When someone travels from one place to another by air, it could be seen that special 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.16 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
conditions are printed at the back of the air ticket in small letters [in a non computerized train 
ticket even these are not printed] Sometimes these conditions are found to have been 
displayed at the notice board of the Air lines office, which passengers may not have cared to 
read. The question here is whether these conditions  can be considered to have been 
communicated to the passengers of the Airlines and can the passengers be treated as having 
accepted the conditions. The answer to the question is in the affirmative and was so held in 
Mukul Datta vs. Indian Airlines [1962] AIR cal. 314 where the plaintiff had travelled from Delhi 
to Kolkota by air and the ticket bore conditions in fine print. 
Yet another example is where a launderer gives his customer a receipt for clothes received for 
washing. The receipt carries special conditions and are to be treated as having been duly 
communicated to the customer and therein a tacit acceptance of these conditions is implied by 
the customer’s acceptance of the receipt [Lily White vs. R. Muthuswami [1966] A. Mad. 13]. 
In the cases referred above, the respective documents have been accepted without a protest 
and hence amounted to tacit acceptance. 
Standard forms of contracts: It is well established that a standard form of contract may be 
enforced on another who is subjectively unaware of the contents of the document, provided 
the party wanting to enforce the contract has given notice which, in the circumstances of a 
case, is sufficiently reasonable. But the acceptor will not incur any contractual obligation, if the 
document is so printed and delivered to him in such a state that it does not give reasonable 
notice on its face that it contains certain special conditions. In this connection, let us consider 
a converse situation. A transport carrier accepted the goods for transport without any 
conditions. Subsequently, he issued a circular to the owners of goods limiting his liability for 
the goods. In such a case, since the special conditions were not communicated prior to the 
date of contract for transport, these were not binding on the owners of goods [Raipur transport 
Co. vs. Ghanshyam [1956] A. Nag.145].  
1.7 Communication of Performance 
We have already discussed that in terms of Section 4 of the Act, communication of a proposal 
is complete when it comes to the knowledge of the person to whom it is meant. As regards 
acceptance of the proposal, the same would be viewed from two angles.  These are (i) from 
the viewpoint of proposer and (ii) the other from the viewpoint of acceptor himself. From the 
viewpoint of proposer, when the acceptance is put in to a course of transmission, when it 
would be out of the power of acceptor.  From the viewpoint of acceptor, it would be complete 
when it comes to the knowledge of the proposer. 
At times the offeree may be required to communicate the performance (or act) by way of 
acceptance.  In this case it is not enough if the offeree merely performs the act but he should 
also communicate his performance unless the offer includes a term that a mere performance 
will constitute acceptance.  The position was clearly explained in the famous case of Carlill Vs 
Carbolic & Smokeball Co. In this case the defendant a sole proprietary concern manufacturing  
a medicine which was a carbolic  ball whose smoke could be inhaled through the nose to cure 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.17 
influenza, cold and other connected ailments issued an advertisement for sale of this 
medicine.  The advertisement also included a reward of $100 to any person who contracted 
influenza, after using the medicine (which was described as ‘carbolic smoke ball’). Mrs. Carlill 
bought these smoke balls and used them as directed but contracted influenza. It was held that 
Mrs Carlill was entitled to a reward of $100 as she had performed the condition for 
acceptance. Further as the advertisement did not require any communication of compliance of 
the condition, it was not necessary to communicate the same. The court thus in the process 
laid down the following three important principles: 
(i) an offer, to be capable of acceptance, must contain a definite promise by the offer or that 
he would  be bound provided the terms specified by him are accepted; 
(ii) an offer may be made either to a particular person or to the public at large, and  
(iii) if an offer is made in the form of a promise in return for an act, the performance of that act, 
even without any communication thereof, is to be treated as an acceptance of the offer. 
Key Points 
♦ One important common requirement for both ‘offer’ and ‘acceptance’ is their effective 
communication. The Indian Contract Act,1872 gives a lot of importance to “time” element 
in deciding when the offer and acceptance is complete. 
♦ Communication of offer is complete- When it comes to the knowledge of the person to 
whom it is made. 
♦ Communication of acceptance is complete- (i) Against the proposer-when it is put into the 
course of transmission to the proposer.(ii) Against the acceptor—when it comes to the 
knowledge of the offeror. 
1.8 Revocation of Offer and Acceptance 
If there are specific requirements governing the making of an offer and the acceptance of that 
offer, we also have specific law governing their revocation. 
In term of Section 4, communication of revocation (of the proposal or its acceptance) is 
complete. 
(i) as against the person who makes it when it is put into a course of transmission to the 
person to whom it is made so as to be out of  the power of the person who makes it, and 
(ii) as against the person to whom it is made, when it comes to his knowledge. 
The above law can be illustrated as follows:- If you revoke your proposal made to me by a 
telegram, the revocation will be complete, as for as you are concerned when you have 
dispatched the telegram.  But as far as I am concerned, it will be complete only when I receive 
the telegram. 
As regards revocation of acceptance, if you go by the above example, I can revoke my acceptance 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.18 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(of your offer) by a telegram.  This revocation of acceptance by me will be complete when I 
dispatch the telegram and against you, it will be complete when it reaches you. 
But the important question for consideration is when a proposal can be revoked? And when 
can an acceptance be revoked?. These questions are more important than the question when 
the revocation (of proposal and acceptance) is complete. 
In terms of Section 5 of the Act a proposal can be revoked at any time before the communication of 
its acceptance is complete as against the proposer.  An acceptance may be revoked at any time 
before the communication of acceptance is complete as against the acceptor. 
Revocation of proposal otherwise than by communication: When a proposal is made, the 
proposer may not wait indefinitely for its acceptance.  The offer can be revoked otherwise than 
by communication or sometimes by lapse. 
Following are the situations worth noting in this regard 
(i) When the acceptor fails to fulfill certain conditions precedent to acceptance:- Where the 
acceptor fails to fulfill a condition precedent to acceptance the proposal gets revoked. This principle 
is laid down in Section 6 of the Act. The offeror for instance may impose certain conditions such as 
executing a certain document or depositing certain amount as earnest money.  Failure to satisfy 
any condition will result in lapse of the proposal.  As stated earlier ‘condition precedent’ to 
acceptance prevents an obligation from coming into existence until the condition is satisfied.  
Suppose where ‘A’ proposes to sell his house to be ‘B’ for ` 5 lakhs provided ‘B’ leases his land to 
‘A’.  If ‘B’ refuses to lease the land, the offer of ‘A’ is revoked automatically. 
(ii) When the proposer dies or goes insane: Death or insanity of the proposer would result in 
automatic revocation of the proposal but only if the fact of death or insanity comes to the 
knowledge of the acceptor 
(iii) When time for acceptance lapses: The time for acceptance can lapse if the acceptance is 
not given within the specified time and where no time is specified, then within a reasonable 
time.  This is for the reason that proposer should not be made to wait indefinitely.  It was held 
in Ramsgate Victoria Hotel Co Vs Montefiore (1866 L.R.Z. Ex 109), that a person who applied 
for shares in June was not bound by an allotment made in November.  This decision was also 
followed in India Cooperative Navigation and Trading Co Ltd Vs Padamsey Prem Ji.  However 
these decisions now will have no relevance in the context of allotment of shares since The 
Companies Act, 1956 has several provisions specifically covering these issues. 
Key Points 
Communication of revocation as against the person who makes it, completes- when it is put 
into the course of transmission to the person to whom it is made  
♦ Communication of revocation as against the person to whom it is made, completes- when 
it comes to his knowledge. 
♦ Revocation of proposal and acceptance is complete-  at any time before the 
communication of proposal and acceptance is complete as against the proposer and the 
acceptor, but not afterwards. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.19 
UNIT-2 : CONSIDERATION 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to - 
♦ Understand the concept of consideration, its importance for a contract and its double 
aspect. 
♦ Clearly understand how consideration may move from a third party and how this makes 
the contract valid. 
♦ Learn about the peculiar circumstances when a contract is valid even without 
consideration. 
♦ Be aware of the rule 'A stranger to a contract cannot sue' and exceptions thereof. 
In the previous unit we learnt that one of the important elements of contract is “consideration”.  
In this unit the concept of consideration and the legal requirements for consideration are 
discussed. 
1.9 What is Consideration? 
The expression ‘consideration’ has to be understood as a price paid for an obligation.  In Curie 
Vs Misa (1875) LR 10 Ex 153 is was held (in U K) that consideration is “some right, interest, 
profit or benefit accruing to one party or forbearance, detriment, loss, or responsibility given, 
suffered or undertaken by the other”. The judgment thus refers to the position of both the 
promisor, and the promisee in an agreement. 
Section 2 (d) of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 defines consideration as ‘when at the desire of 
the promisor, the promisee or any other person has done or abstained from doing, or does or 
abstains from doing or promises to do or abstain from doing something, such an act or 
abstinence or promise is called consideration for the promise’. 
From the above definition it can be inferred that, 
Consideration is doing or not doing something, which the promisor desires to be done or not 
done. 
(1) Consideration must be at the desire of the promisor. 
(2) Consideration may move from one person to any other person 
(3) Consideration may be past, present or future and 
(4) Consideration should be real though not adequate 
In most cases the promisor for doing an act or not doing an act derives some benefit by way of 
consideration.  Thus consideration is identified as quid pro quo from  the  promise  or 
performance of the promisor. 
But it is also possible that there may not be any identifiable benefit towards consideration.  For 
example ‘A’ promises to carry ‘B’s goods free of charge and B allows ‘A’ to carry the same. 
Here ‘B’ does not offer any consideration to ‘A’.  Is this a valid contract? 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.20 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
The answer to the question is ‘B’ has suffered a detriment or disadvantage while allowing ‘A’ 
to carry his goods.  Here there is sufficient consideration.  This illustration is given essentially 
to prove the point that consideration could be not necessarily a gain or advantage to the 
promisor but it can even be a loss or detriment to the promisee.  That is why ‘consideration’ is 
referred to as a concept with ‘double aspect’. 
Where Y applies for a loan of ` 10,000/- to X, and if ‘X’ insists on a guarantee by ‘S’ and  upon 
‘S’ guaranteeing the loan, ‘X’ gives the loan to “Y”.  In this case ‘S’ will be the promisor and ‘X’ 
the promisee.  The benefit in this transaction conferred on ‘Y’ by ‘X’ at the guarantee of ‘S’, is 
sufficient consideration for X.  In other words ‘X’ has suffered a detriment which is the 
consideration for the guarantee of ‘S’ to  repay the loan which  ‘X’ has given to ‘Y’.  Detriment 
to one is benefit to another. 
It can often be seen that consideration is mutual.  For instance if ‘A’ promises to sell his house 
to ‘B’ for ` 5 lakhs ,here “A” is the promisor and “B” is the promisee.  In the same transaction 
where ‘B’ agrees to buy the house for ` 5 lakhs, ‘B’ will be the promisor and ‘A’ will be the 
promisee.  Here ‘A’ must part with the house and ‘B’ must part with ` 5 lakhs.  This proves the 
point that consideration is mutual and has two sides. 
Thus from above it can be concluded that :  
Consideration = Promise / Performance that parties exchange with each other. 
Form of consideration=  Some benefit, right or profit to one party / some detriment, 
loss, or forbearance to the other. 
Whether gratuitous promise can be enforced? 
The word “gratuitous” means ‘free of cost’ or ‘without expecting any return’. It can therefore be 
inferred that a gratuitous promise will not result in an agreement in the absence of 
consideration.  For instance a promise to subscribe to a charitable cause cannot be enforced. 
1.10 Legal Requirements Regarding Consideration 
(i) Consideration must move at the desire of the promisor: Consideration must move at 
the desire of the promisor, either from the promisee or some other third party.  But 
consideration cannot move at the desire of a third party.  Where collector had passed an order 
that any one using the market constructed by the Zamindar, for the purpose of selling his 
goods should pay commission to the Zamindar, it was held that it was not a proper order as 
the desire to receive consideration had not emanated from the Zamindar but from a third party 
namely the collector [Durga Prasad Vs Baldev (1880) 3, All 221] 
(ii) Consideration can flow either from the promisee or any other person:  The 
consideration for a contract can move either from the promisee or from any other person.  This 
point is made clear even by the definition of the word “consideration”, according to which at 
the desire of the promisor, the promisee or any other person, doing something is 
consideration. 
That the consideration can legitimately move from a third party is an accepted principle of law 
in India though not in England. Example: ‘A’ by a deed of gift made over certain property to 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.21 
her daughter(D) with condition that her brother(B) should be paid annuity by D.  On the same 
day,  D  executed a document agreeing to pay annuity accordingly but declined to pay after 
sometime.  B sued D.  It was contended on behalf of D, that there was no consideration from 
B  and hence there was no valid contract.  This plea was rejected on the ground that the 
consideration did flow from B’s Sister(A) to ‘D’ and such consideration from third party is 
sufficient to enforce the promise of D  to pay annuity to A’s brother (B) [Chinnaya Vs 
Ramaya(1881) 4.mad.137]  
Thus a stranger to a contract can sue upon a contract in India and also in England, where as 
stranger to a consideration can sue under Indian law though not under English law. 
(iii) Executed and Executory consideration: Where consideration consists of performance, 
it is called “executed” consideration.  Where it consists only of a promise, it is executory.  For 
example where A pays ` 5000/- to ‘B’ requesting ‘B’ to deliver certain quantity of rice, to which 
B agrees, then here consideration for B is executed by ‘A’ as  he has already paid ` 5000/- 
whereas ‘B’s promise is executory as he is yet to deliver the rice. 
Insurance contracts are of the same type.  When  A pays a premium of ` 5000/-  seeking 
insurance cover for the year, from the insurance company which the company promises in the 
event of fire, the consideration paid by A to the insurance company is executed  but the 
promise of insurance company is executory or yet to be executed.  A forbearance by the 
promisor should however be considered as an executed consideration provided the 
forbearance is sufficient at the time of contract. 
(iv) Past consideration: The next issue is whether past consideration can be treated as 
consideration at all.  This is because consideration is given and accepted along with a promise 
concurrently. However the Act recognizes past consideration as consideration when it uses 
the expression in Section 2(d) ‘has done or abstained from doing”.  But in the event of 
services being rendered in the past at the request or desire of the promisor the subsequent 
promise is regarded as an admission that the past consideration was not gratuitous.  The 
plaintiff rendered services to the defendant at his desire during his minority.  He also 
continued to render the same services after the dependant attained majority.  It was held to be 
good consideration for a subsequent express promise by the defendant to pay an annuity to 
the plaintiff but it was admitted that if the services had not been rendered at the desire of the 
defendant it would be hit by section 25 of the Act. [Sindia Vs Abraham (1985)Z. Bom 755] 
(v) Adequacy of Consideration: Consideration need not necessarily be of the same value 
as of the promise for which it is exchanged. But it must be something which can be inadequate 
as well. Inadequate consideration would not invalidate an agreement but such inadequate 
consideration could be taken into account by the court in deciding whether the consent of the 
promisor was freely given. 
In Chijjitumal Vs. Rampal Singh AIR, 1968, the Supreme Court reiterated that consideration 
need not be material and may be even absent.  In the said case, the father had died leaving 
his house to two sons.  They had agreed to partition the house which did not admit the division 
in exactly equal parts and one of the sons had agreed not to construct a door at a certain 
place in his portion of the house.  In a dispute, the agreement was challenged on the ground 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.22 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
that it was without adequate consideration.  The Supreme Court came to the conclusion that 
the motive for the said agreement at the time when it was made, was to avoid any dispute in 
future, and held that it was sufficient consideration. 
The above view is in tune with explanation 2 to section 25 of the Act, which provides that an 
agreement to which the consent of the promisor is freely given is not void merely because the 
consideration is inadequate. Where there is valuable consideration, Court will not interfere and 
inquire into the adequacy of it but leave the matter to the parties to make their own bargain.   
But inadequate consideration might raise suspicion about the free will of the promisor.  
Promisor could be treated as victim of some imposition but this would not render the 
agreement void.  
(vi) Performance of what one is legally bound to perform: The performance of an act by a 
person what he is legally bound to perform, the same cannot be consideration for a contract.  
Hence, a promise to pay money to a witness is void, for it is without consideration.  Hence 
such a contract is void for want of consideration.  Similarly, an agreement by a client to pay to 
his counsel, a certain sum over and above the fee, in the event of success of the case would 
be void, since it is without consideration. 
But where a person promises to do more than he is legally bound to do, such a promise 
provided it is not opposed to public policy, is a good consideration.  For instance during a civil 
strike, a question arose as to how best to protect a coal mine.  The police authorities thought 
that surveillance by a mobile force would be adequate but the colliery manager desired a 
stationary police guard.  Ultimately it was agreed that the police authorities would provide a 
stationary guard and the manager would pay $2,200 for the service.  It was held that the 
promise to pay the amount was not without consideration.  The police, no doubt, were bound 
to afford protection, but they had discretion as to the form it should take.  The undertaking to 
provide more protection than what they deemed to be necessary was a consideration for the 
promise of reward. [Classbrook Brothers vs. Glamorgan Country Council (19250) A.C.270] 
(vii) Consideration must not be unlawful, immoral, or opposed to public policy. 
1.11 Suit by a Third Party to an Agreement 
There is a big difference between a third party to consideration and third party to a contract; 
while the first can sue, the second cannot sue. Thus a stranger / third Party to an 
Agreement lead to the doctrine of privity of contract. The doctrine says that only parties 
to a contract can enforce the contract. The parties stranger to a contract cannot sue 
and be sued. Example, a contract by the purchaser of a mortgaged property to pay off the 
mortgage cannot be enforced by the mortgagee who was not a party to the contract between 
vendor and vendee. 
However there are exceptions to the above principle. These are: 
1. In the case of a trust, the beneficiary can sue enforcing his right though he was not a 
party to the contract between the trustee and the settler. In Khawja Mohammed Khan Vs 
Hussain Begum 371.A. 152, where, the father of the bridegroom promised to pay through 
a contract with the father of the bride, an allowance to the bride, if she married his son, 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.23 
the bride sued her father-in-law after marriage for the allowance which he did not pay as 
per the contract.  It was held by the Privy Council that though the bride was not a party to 
the contract between her father and father in law, she could enforce her claim in equity. 
2. In the case of family settlement, if the terms of settlement are reduced in writing, 
members of the family who were not a party to the settlement can (also) enforce their 
claim.(Shuppu Vs Subramanian 33 Mad.238) 
3. In the case of certain marriage contracts a female member can enforce a provision for 
marriage expense based on a petition made by the Hindu undivided family (Sunder Raja 
Vs Lakshmi 38. Mad 788). 
4. Where there is an assignment of a contract, the assignee can enforce the contract for 
various benefits that would accrue to him on account of the assignment.[Krishanlal 
Sadhu Vs  Primila Bala Dasi (1928) Cal.1315] 
5. In case of part performance of a contractual obligations or where there is 
acknowledgment of liability on account of estoppel, a third party can sue for benefits. 
Where for example ‘A’ gives ` 25000/- to ‘B’ to be given to ‘C’ and ‘B’ informs ‘C’ that B 
is holding it on behalf of C, but subsequently refuses to pay ‘C’ then ‘C’ can sue and 
enforce his claim. 
6. Where a piece of land which is sold to buyer with certain covenants relating to land and 
the buyer is kept on notice of the covenants with certain duties, there the successors to 
the seller can enforce these covenants. 
1.12 Validity of an Agreement without Consideration 
We have all along learnt that an agreement without consideration is void.  Not only that, even 
inadequate consideration would render the enforceability of the contract quite difficult as the 
free consent of the parties would become suspect. The Act however contains certain 
exceptions to this important rule. These are: 
(i) On account of natural love and affection: A written and a registered agreement made 
between parties out of natural love and affection does not require consideration. Such an 
agreement is enforceable even without consideration.  It is important that parties should be of 
near relation like husband and wife to get this exemption (Rajlukhee Devee Vs Bhootnath). 
(ii) Compensation paid for past voluntary services: A promise to compensate wholly or 
in part for past voluntary services rendered by someone to promisor does not require 
consideration for being enforced. However the past services must have been rendered 
voluntarily to the promisor.  Further the promisor must have been in existence at that time and 
he must have intended to compensate.  
(iii) Promise to pay debts barred by limitation: Where there is a promise in writing to pay 
a debt, which was barred by limitation, is valid without consideration. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.24 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(iv) Creation of Agency: In term of section 185 of the Act, no consideration is necessary to 
create an agency 
(v) In case of completed gifts, no consideration is necessary.  This is clear from the 
Explanation (1) to section 25 of the Act which provides that “nothing in this Section shall affect 
the validity as between donor and donee of any gift actually made. 
Key Points 
♦ Consideration- The promise/performance that parties exchange with each other. 
♦ Rules of valid consideration: Move at the desire of promisor by promisee and any other 
person.It is must for every contract though not necessarily be adequate but must be real 
and not illusory and should be of some value in terms of money. 
 Contract without consideration is void subject to certain exceptions-  agreement on 
account of natural love and affection, promise to compensate for voluntary services and 
promise to pay a time –barred debt, gift actually made, and in agency. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.25 
UNIT – 3 : OTHER ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS OF A CONTRACT 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to - 
♦ Note the various ingredients of incapacity to contract. 
♦ Be clear about the legal consequence of contracting with a minor. 
♦ Be familiar with the concept of 'consensus ad idem' i.e. parties agreeing upon the same 
thing in the same sense. 
♦ Try to grasp the characteristics of different elements vitiating free consent and 
particularly to distinguish amongst fraud, misrepresentation and mistake. 
♦ Understand the circumstances when object and consideration become unlawful. 
♦ Be aware of the agreements opposed to public policy. 
In the previous units we discussed all aspects of offer, acceptance, revocation, and 
consideration.  In this unit we will discuss other elements, which would constitute a contract. 
We have earlier seen that in terms of section 10 of the Indian Contract Act,1872 a legally 
enforceable agreement should be made with the free consent of the parties who are 
competent to contract for a lawful consideration with a lawful object.  Further the agreement 
should not have been expressly declared as void by law.  These elements would be examined 
hereunder. 
1.13 Free Consent 
In terms of section 13 of the Act, two or more persons are said to have consented when they 
agree upon the same thing in the same manner.  This is referred to as identity of minds or 
“consensus-ad-idem”.  Absence of identity of minds would arise when there is an error on the 
part of the parties regarding (a) nature of transaction or (b) person dealt with or (c) subject 
matter of agreement .In such cases there would be no consent. However cases of 
fundamental errors have to be distinguished from cases of mutual mistakes. 
Example: Where the persons refer to a ship of a name in the contract but each of them had a 
different ship in mind though of same name, there is no identity of minds and hence there is 
no consent. That there is no contract in the absence of consent was considered in the case of 
Cundy Vs Lindsay.  In this case one Blenkarn in placing order for goods with Cundy closely 
imitated the address and signature of another well-known firm known as Blenkiron & Co.  
Cundy sent the goods to Blenkarn but thinking that the order was from Blenkiron & Co.  
Blenkarn in turn sold the goods to Lindsay. Cundy discovered his mistake, brought a suit 
against Lindsay for recovery of goods.  It was held by the House of Lords that Cundy was 
under mistake as he thought he was dealing with Blenkiron & Co, while he was in fact dealing 
with Blenkarn. Hence there was no contract at all. The agreement was declared as void in the 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.26 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
absence of identity of minds or proper consent.  The suit was decreed against Lindsay. 
The consent referred above must be “free consent” as well. Consent is free when it is not 
caused by coercion, undue influence, fraud, misrepresentation or mistake (Section 14).  When 
the consent is caused by mistake, the agreement is void, but when caused by other factors it 
is voidable. 
Now let us discuss each of these factors, which should not influence consent. 
(a)   Coercion(Section 15): “Coercion” is the committing, or threatening to commit any act 
forbidden by the Indian Penal Code 1860, or the unlawful detaining, or threatening to detain 
any property, to the prejudice of any person whatever, with the intention of causing any person 
to enter into an agreement.   
For  example, X says to Y ‘I shall not return the documents of title relating to your wife’s 
property, unless you agree to sell your house to me for ` 5000’. ‘Y’ says, “All right, I shall sell 
my house to you for ` 5000; do not detain my wife’s documents of title”, X has employed 
coercion; he cannot therefore enforce the contract.  But Y can enforce the contract if he finds 
the contract to his benefit. An agreement induced by coercion is voidable and not void. That 
means it can be enforced by the party coerced, but not by the party using coercion. 
It is immaterial whether the Indian Penal Code,1860 is or is not in force at the place where the 
coercion is employed. 
Where husband obtained a release deed from his wife and son under a threat of committing 
suicide, the transaction was set aside on the ground of coercion, suicide being forbidden by 
the Indian Penal Code. (Amiraju Vs. Seshamma (1974) 41 Mad, 33) 
A person to whom money has been paid or anything delivered under coercion, must repay or 
return it.  
(b)  Undue influence (Section 16): A contract is said to be induced by “undue influence” 
where the relations subsisting between the parties are such that one of the parties is in a 
position to dominate the will of the other and uses that position to obtain an unfair advantage 
of the other. A person is deemed to be in a position to dominate the will of the other, when he 
holds authority, real or apparent over the other, or when he stands in a fiduciary relation to 
other. 
The essential ingredients of undue influence are: 
One of the parties dominates the will of the other and 
(i) he has real or apparent authority over the other; 
(ii) he is in a position to dominate the will of the other and 
(iii) the dominating party takes advantage of the relation.  
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.27 
Following are the instances where one person can be treated as in a position to dominate the 
will of the other. 
(i) A solicitor can dominate the will of the client. 
(ii) A doctor can dominate the will of his patient having protracted illness, and 
(iii) A trustee can dominate the will of the beneficiary.  
The burden of proof (in situations like the above) that there is no undue influence in an 
agreement would be on the person who is in a position to dominate the will of the other. For 
instance the ‘father’ should prove that he had not unduly influenced his son in the case of any 
given agreement.  The stronger party must act in good faith and see that the weaker party 
gets independent advice. 
The following two decisions would enable us to understand the law. 
(a) Allahabad High Court set aside a gift of the whole of the property by an elderly Hindu to 
his spiritual advisor. 
(b) Similarly, Privy Council set aside a deed of gift executed by an old illiterate Muslim lady 
in favour of the manager of her estate. 
Money lending operations and undue influence: It is often seen that on account of ‘undue 
influence’ borrowers end up paying very high rate of interest to the lenders.  This is because 
lenders are in a position to dominate the will of the borrowers. Such high rate of interest will be 
treated as unconscionable where parties are not on same footing.   
Difference between Coercion and Undue Influence:  Having discussed in detail the 
concepts of coercion and undue influence, let us understand the difference between the two:- 
(i) Nature of action: Coercion involves physical force and sometimes only threat.  Undue 
influence involves only moral pressure. 
(ii) Involvement of criminal action: Coercion involves committing or threatening to commit 
any act prohibited or forbidden by law, or detention or threatening to detain a person or 
property. In undue influence there is no such illegal act  involved. 
(iii) Relation ship between parties: In coercion there need not be any relationship between 
parties; whereas in undue influence, there must be some kind of relationship between parties, 
which enables to exercise undue influence over the other. 
(iv) Exercise by whom: Coercion need not proceed from the promisor.  It also need not be 
directed against the promisee. Undue influence is always exercised by one on the other, both 
of whom are parties to a contract. 
(v) Enforceability: Where there is coercion, the contract is voidable.  Where there is undue 
influence the contract is voidable or court may set aside or enforce it in a modified form. 
(vi) Position of benefits received: In case of coercion, where the contract is rescinded by 
the aggrieved  party any benefit received has to be restored back.  In the case of undue 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.28 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
influence, the court has discretion to pass orders for return of any such benefit or not to give 
any such directions. 
(c)  Fraud(Section 17): Fraud means and includes any of the following act committed by a 
party to a contract or with his connivance or by his agent with intent to deceive  another party 
thereto or his agent or to induce him to enter into the contract. 
(i) the suggestion, as to a fact, of that which is not true by one who does not believe it be 
true; 
(ii) the active concealment of a fact by one, having knowledge or belief of the fact; 
(iii) a promise made without any intention of performing it; 
(iv) any other act fitted to deceive; and 
(v) any such act  or omission as to law specially declared to be fraudulent 
It is important to note that ‘fraud’ that results in a contract alone is covered by section17 of the 
Act.  If there is a ‘fraud’ but it does not result in a contract, it would not fall within the purview 
of the Act. 
The following can be taken as illustration of fraud: 
♦ A director of a company issues prospectus containing misstatement knowing fully well 
about such mis-statement.  It was held any person who had purchased shares on the faith 
of such misstatement can repudiate the contract on the ground of fraud.  
♦ B discovered an ore mine in the Estate of ‘A’ He conceals the mine and the information 
about the mine.  ‘A’ in ignorance agrees to sell the estate to ‘B’ at a price that is grossly 
undervalued. The contract would be voidable of the option of ‘A’ on the ground of fraud. 
♦ Buying goods with the intention of not paying the price is an act of fraud. 
♦ It will be interesting to know that not only Contract Act,  but also other Acts have 
specifically declared certain acts and omission as fraud.  A seller of a property should 
disclose any material defect in the property. Concealing the information would be an act of 
fraud. Any other act committed to deceive is fraud.   
Mere silence would amount to fraud under certain circumstances. 
Although a mere silence as to facts which is likely to affect the willingness of a person to enter 
into a contract is no fraud, where there is a duty to speak or where his silence is equivalent to 
speech, then such silence amounts to fraud.  This would be clearly seen from the explanation 
to Section 17 of the Indian Contract Act,1872. This situation often arises in Insurance 
contracts. 
In the case of fire insurance contract between person standing in fiduciary relationship, non-
disclosure of certain information would amount to fraud as there is a duty to make special 
disclosure.  These are also know as uberrimae fidei contract. 
In the case of marine insurance policy contract, where a charterer is shipping goods of high 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.29 
value but fails to disclose such high value of the goods to the underwriter, there is fraud.  
Similarly the insurer is not bound by the policy issued by him where he is misinformed about 
insurance policy previously taken by the insured. 
(d) Misrepresentation [Section 18]: “Misrepresentation’ does not involve deception but is 
only an assertion of something by a person  which is not true, though he believes it to be true.  
misrepresentation could arise because of innocence of the person making it or because he 
lacks sufficient or reasonable ground to make it.  A contract which is hit by misrepresentation 
can be avoided by the person who has been misled. 
For example, A makes the statement on an information derived, not directly from C but from 
M. B applies for shares on the faith of the statement which turns out to be false.  The 
statement amounts to misrepresentation, because the information received second-hand did 
not warrant A to make the positive statement to B [Section 18 (1)] 
Now let us analyse the difference between fraud and misrepresentation. 
(i) Extent of truth varies: One of the important difference between fraud and 
misrepresentation is that in case of fraud the person making the representation knows it fully 
well that his statement is untrue & false. In case of misrepresentation, the person making the 
statement believes it to be true which might later turn out to be untrue.  In spite of this 
difference, the end result is that the other party is misled. 
(ii) Right of the person concerned who suffers: Fraud not only enables the party to avoid 
the contract but is also entitled to bring action.  Misrepresentation merely provides a ground 
for avoiding the contract and not for bringing an action in court. 
(iii) Action against the person making the statement: In order to sustain an action for 
deceit, there must be proof of fraud. As earlier discussed fraud can be proved only by showing 
that a false statement was made knowing it to be false or without believing it to be true or 
recklessly without any care for truth. One is for action against deceit and the other is action for 
recession of the contract. In the case of mis-representation the person may be free from 
blame because of his innocence but still the contract cannot stand. 
(iv) Defences available to persons: In case of misrepresentation, the fact that plaintiff had 
means of discovering the truth by exercising ordinary diligence can be a good defence against 
the repudiation of the contract, whereas a defence cannot be set up in case of fraud other 
than fraudulent silence. 
The tenuous difference between fraud and misrepresentation was beautifully brought out in 
the famous case of Derry vs. Peek.  In the said case the plaintiff brought an action of deceit 
against the promoters of a tramway company. 
According to him, the promoters in the prospectus had not mentioned that they had not 
obtained the permission of the board of trade which was necessary for using mechanical 
power [to run a train] and here this was deceit.  The plea of the defendant was that it never 
occurred to them to say anything about the consent of the Board of trade because they had a 
right under the Act of  parliament for using steam; they had presumed, they would also get the 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.30 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
consent of Board of trade.  The Court verified the position and concluded that there was no 
deceit and the plea for action for deceit was dismissed.  
1.14 General Consequences of Coercion, Fraud, Misrepresentation 
 Etc; (Section 19) 
What is the effect and what the consequences of a contract hit by coercion, undue influence, 
fraud or misrepresentations, are dealt by Section 19 of the Act.  It is seen that in all these 
cases though the agreement amounts to a contract, it is voidable.  The injured party might 
insist on being placed in the same position in which he might have been had the vitiating 
circumstances not been present. 
For example ‘A’ fraudulently informs ‘B’ that his estate is free from encumbrance, therefore ‘B’ 
buys the estate.  But the estate is subject to mortgage. ‘B’ may avoid the contract or insist on 
the debt being redeemed and mortgage being released. 
But, where it is possible to discover the truth with ordinary diligence, and though the consent 
might have been obtained by misrepresentation or silence, then the contract cannot be 
avoided.   
For  instance where ‘A’ misrepresents to ‘B’ that his sugar factory can produce 500 tons of 
sugar and whereas it actually produced 300 tones of sugar and if ‘B’ had the opportunity to 
examine the accounts through which he could have found out the truth and if in spite of that he 
had entered into a contract, he can not repudiate it. 
Where a party to contract perpetrates fraud or misrepresentation, but the other party is not 
misled by such fraud or misrepresentation, then the contract cannot be avoided by the latter.  
Where for instance, the seller of specific goods deliberately conceals a fault in order that the 
buyer may not discover it even if he inspects the goods, but the buyer in fact does not make 
any inspection at all, the buyer cannot avoid the contract as he is not deceived by the seller. 
Where a contract is voidable and the party entitled to avoid it decides to do so by rescinding it, 
he must restore any benefit which he might have received from the other party.  He cannot 
avoid the contract and at the same time enjoy the benefit under the rescinded/avoided 
contract. 
However where a contract is sought to be rescinded on the ground of ‘undue influence’ the 
court may set aside the contract partially or fully.  Where the party seeking to rescind the 
contract had received only benefit, the contract will be set aside by the court upon such terms 
and conditions deemed fit. 
Example: A student was induced by his teacher to sell his brand new car to the latter at less 
than the purchase price to secure more marks in the examination. Accordingly the car was 
sold.  However, the father of the student persuaded him to sue his teacher.  State on what 
ground the student can sue the teacher? 
Yes, the student can sue his teacher on the ground of undue influence under the provision of 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.31 
Indian Contract Act, 1872.  A contract brought about as a result of coercion, undue influence, 
fraud or misrepresentation would be voidable at the option of the person whose consent was 
so caused. 
1.15 Mistake  
The fifth significant element that vitiates consent is ‘Mistake’.  Where parties to an agreement 
are under a mistake as to a matter of fact which is essential to the agreement, then the 
agreement is void. As we all know a void agreement cannot be enforced at all. 
Example: ‘A’ agrees to sell certain cargo which is supposed to be on its way in a ship from 
London to Bombay. But in fact, just before the bargain was struck, the ship carrying the cargo 
was cast away because of storm and rain and the goods were lost.  Neither of the parties was 
aware of it.  The agreement is void. [Couturier vs Hasite 5 H.L.C.673] 
Mistake must be a matter of fact and not of law. Where ‘A’ and ‘B’ enter into contract believing 
wrongly that a particular debt is not barred by law of limitation, then the contract is valid 
because there is no mistake of fact but of law only.  However a question on foreign law would 
become a matter of question of fact.  Similarly the existence of a particular private right though 
depends upon rules of law, is only a matter of fact.  For instance where a man promises to buy 
a property which already belongs to him without him being aware of it, then such a promise is 
not binding on him.  However a family arrangements or a compromise of doubtful rights cannot 
be avoided on the ground of mistake of law. 
Yet another issue to remember in mistake is that it must be of an essential fact.  Whether the 
fact is essential or not would again depend on how a reasonable man would regard it under 
given circumstances.  A mere wrong opinion as to the value is not an essential fact.   
While deciding whether a contract is hit by mistake or not it must be remembered that 
‘Mistake’ is not unilateral.  Both the parties should be under mistake. A unilateral mistake 
would not render the contract invalid.   For example where ‘A’ agrees to purchase from ‘B’ 18 
carat gold thinking it to be pure gold but ‘B’ was not instrumental for creating such an 
impression then contract between ‘A’ and ‘B’ should be treated as valid. 
From the foregoing it is clear that:- 
a. Mistake should be a matter of fact 
b. Mistake should not be a matter of law 
c. Mistake should be a matter of essential fact 
d. Mistake should not be unilateral but of both the parties, and  
e. Mistake renders agreement void and neither party can enforce the contract against each 
other  
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.32 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
Key Points 
♦ When two or more persons agree upon the same thing in the same sense,they are said 
to have consent. Consent is said to be free when it has not been obtained by coercion, 
undue influence, fraud, misrepresentation or mistake.  
♦ Coercion –An act or threat of a person with an intention of causing any person to enter 
into an agreement by –(i) committing / threatening  to commit any act forbidden by IPC, 
or (ii) unlawfully detaining or threatening to detain any property of another. Such a 
contract is voidable. 
♦ Undue influence –It is used  by a dominant party on a weaker one to get an unfair 
advantage in a contract. In the following circumstances, the party stand in a dominant 
position- 
 Where party holds real/apparent authority over the others, or party stands in a fiduciary 
relationship to the other,or where the party make a contract with a party in mental or 
bodily distress. 
 A contract caused by undue influence is voidable. Even court is also empowered to set 
aside such contract absolutely or conditionally. 
♦ Fraud-Intentional misrepresentation or concealment of material facts of a contract with an 
intention to deceive and induce the other party to enter into an agreement.  
 Silence merely not amount to fraud, except-it’s duty to speak,or silence is equivalent to 
speech, or stating half truth. 
♦ Misrepresentation-  An innocent/ unintentional false statement/ assertion of fact in the 
making of an agreement. 
 Remedies in the above cases are same,  except the right to claim damages in case of 
fraud. 
♦ Mistake- An erroneous belief about something. It may be either of fact or of law. Mistake 
renders the contract void. Unilateral mistake made by one of the parties. It is a valid 
contract, unless it is caused by misrepresentation or fraud. Even unilateral mistakes as to 
fact renders the contract void. 
1.16 Capacity to Contract 
The next issue for consideration is, who is competent to contract?  Every person who (a) has 
attained the age of majority (b) is of sound mind and (c) is not otherwise disqualified from 
contracting, is competent to contract.  Now let us discuss each one of these requirements. 
(a)  Age of majority: In terms of the Indian Majority Act, 1875, every domiciled Indian attains 
majority on the completion of 18 years of age.  However where a guardian is appointed by a 
court to protect the property of a minor and the court takes charge of the property before the 
person attains 18 years, then he or she would attain majority on completion of 21 years. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.33 
Now let us analyze the position with regard to the minor’s agreement - 
(i) An agreement entered into by a minor is altogether void: An agreement entered into 
by a minor is void against the minor and the question of its enforceability does not arise. The 
Privy Council in Mohiri Bibee vs. Dharmodos Ghose [1903] LR 30, Cal 539, decided that an 
agreement where minor is a party is altogether void.  In this case a minor executed a 
mortgage in favour of the husband of Mohiri Bibee.  The question for consideration is whether 
the mortgage is valid.  Interpreting Sections 10 &11 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872  Privy 
Council held that unless all the parties to an agreement were competent to contract, the 
agreement would be void.  The main reason for such a view is that a minor is incapable of 
performing his part of the contract imposing a legal obligation. 
(ii)  Minor can be a beneficiary:  Though a minor is not competent to contract, nothing in 
the Contract Act prevents him from making the other party bound to the minor. Thus, a 
promissory note duly executed in favour of a minor is not void and can be sued upon by him, 
because he though incompetent to contract, may yet accept a benefit. 
A minor cannot become partner in a partnership firm. However, he may with the consent of all 
the partners, be admitted to the benefits of partnership (Section 30 of the Indian Partnership 
Act,1932). 
(iii)  Minor can always plead minority:  Any money advanced to a minor cannot be 
recovered as he can plead minority and that the contract is void.  Even if there had been false 
representation at the time of borrowing that he was a major, the amount lent to him cannot be 
recovered. 
This position was upheld by Privy Council in Mohiri Bibee’s case where money was lent to a 
minor with full knowledge of the borrower’s infancy and even request for payment of 
compensation under sections 38 & 41 of the Specific Relief Act,1963 was refused.  Privy 
Council concurred with the views of Calcutta High Court that no discretion could be used even 
under that Act to grant any kind of relief to the lender of money. 
When the mortgage documents had  to be cancelled at the instance of minor who mortgaged 
the property fraudulently, Courts have ordered compensation under Specific Relief Act,1963 to 
the other party to the instrument [Dattaram vs. Vinayak (1903) 28 bom.181., Manmatha Kumar 
vs. Exchange Loan Co. 41 C.W.e.N 115] 
If a minor had obtained payment fraudulently by concealing his age, he may be compelled to 
restore the payment but he cannot be compelled for an identical sum as it would amount to  
enforcing void contract. 
(iv)  Ratification of agreement not permitted: A minor on his attaining majority cannot 
validate any agreement which was entered into when he was minor, as the agreement was 
void. Similarly a minor cannot sign fresh promissory notes on his attaining majority in lieu of 
promissory notes executed for a loan transaction when he was minor, or a fresh agreement 
without consideration. 
(v)   Liability for necessaries: A person who supplied necessaries of life to a minor or his 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.34 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
family, is entitled to be reimbursed from the properties of a minor, not on the basis of any 
contract but on the basis of an obligation resembling a contract. Necessaries of life not only 
include food and clothing but also education and instruction. They also include ‘goods’ and 
‘services’. 
(vi)   Contract by guardian are valid: Though an agreement with minor is void, valid contract 
can be entered into with the guardian on behalf of the minor.  The guardian must be 
competent to make the contract and the contract should be for the benefit of the minor.  For 
instance a guardian can make an enforceable marriage contract on behalf of the minor.  
Similarly father of bride can enter the contract with the father of bridegroom for payment of 
certain allowance to the bride. 
But not all contracts by guardian are valid.  A guardian cannot bind a minor in a contract to 
purchase immovable properties [Mir Sarwarjan vs. Fakharuddan (1912)  39. Cal. 232].  
However, a court appointed guardian can bind a minor is respect of certain sale of property 
ordered by the court. 
Key Points 
♦ Capacity to contract -Legal capacity of parties to enter into  a contract. A person is 
competent to contract , where he is – (i) Major (ii) of Sound mind(iii) not disqualified by 
any other law of the land. 
♦ Nature of minor’s agreement- Minor’s agreement is absolutely void from very beginning, 
so it has no enforceability.[ Mohiri Bibee v. Dharmodas Ghose]. 
♦ Minor can be a beneficiary. 
♦ Minor cannot ratify his agreement even after attaining the age of majority. 
♦ Minor can always plead his minority, as no rule of estoppel is applicable to minor. 
♦ Minor, is not personally liable for the necessaries supplied to him/ or his legal 
dependants 
(b)  Sound mind: The next important requirement by way of capacity to contract is “sound 
mind”.  A person will be considered to be of sound mind if he at the time of entering into a 
contract is capable of understanding it and forming a rational judgment as to its effect upon his 
interest.  A person who is of unsound mind but occasionally of sound mind can enter into a 
contact when he is in sound mind though for temporary periods. For example a person who is 
in lunatic asylum during intervals of sound mind can enter into contracts.  Similarly, a person 
who is generally of sound mind, but occasionally of unsound mind cannot enter into a contract 
when he is of unsound mind. 
From the above it is clear that the period of lucidity would be crucial as much as the periods of 
lunacy.  But the burden of proof of ‘unsound mind’ is on the person who challenges the validity 
of the contract. 
A lunatic whose estate is managed by a committee or manager is not capable of entering into 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.35 
a contract even during the periods of lucidity in view of special provisions of Lunacy Act. 
The basic test for lunacy or lucidity is to see whether the person is able to understand the 
implications of a contract which he enters into on his interest.  Idiots, lunatics and drunken 
persons are examples of persons of unsound mind. 
Necessaries of life supplied to a person of unsound mind: In term of section 68 of the 
Indian Contract Act,1872 if a person incapable of entering into a contract is supplied by 
another person with necessaries of life, the person who has furnished such supplies is entitled 
to be reimbursed from the property of such a person. 
(c) Contract by disqualified persons: Apart from minors and persons of unsound mind, 
these are the others who are not capable of entering into contract either wholly or partially.  
Contract by such persons are void. 
An alien enemy, during war cannot enter into a contract with an Indian subject, unless he is 
permitted by Central Government to do so he cannot sue in Indian Courts. This disability to an 
alien enemy arises on account of public policy.  Statutory corporations or Municipal bodies 
cannot enter into contracts on matters which are beyond their statutory powers or ultra vires 
the memorandum or articles through which they are created. 
An Advocate in India can enter into contracts with his clients for recovery of fees or payment of 
fees in certain manner unlike his counterpart in U.K where barristers are prohibited to enter into 
contracts for recovery of fees from their clients [Nichal chand vs. Dilawar Khan 55. All 790] 
Before entering into contract with the government, certain procedure and formalities are 
required to be complied with.  On default of it, such contract will be void.  [Bikhraj vs.Union of 
India (1962) 2 S.C.R.880,  Karamshi vs. State of Bombay AIR (1964) S.C.1714] 
Sovereign states, Ambassadors and Diplomatic Consuls enjoy certain privileges with the result 
that they cannot be proceeded against in Indian Courts.  However, they can, at their will enter 
into contracts which may be enforceable in India. 
Key Points 
♦ Person is said to be of sound mind for the purpose of making a contract, where he is- (a) 
capable of understanding the nature of the contract, and (b) capable of making a rational 
judgement as to effect upon its interests. 
♦ Insanity is required only at the time of making a contract. 
♦ A person usually of unsound mind, but occasionally of sound mind- can make contract 
when he is of sound mind. 
♦ A person usually of sound mind, but occasionally of unsound mind- cannot make contract 
when he is of unsound mind. 
♦ The agreements made by a person of unsound mind are absolutely void. 
♦ Certain persons who are disqualified from contracting by other laws are-  Alien 
enemy,Foreign diplomats & Consuls, Artificial persons, Insolvents, and  Convicts. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.36 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
1.17 Lawful Object and Consideration 
Now let us discuss two other important ingredients of a valid contract namely lawful object and 
lawful consideration.   Speaking generally all persons enjoy freedom for entering into contracts 
of their choice.  But this contractual freedom or their right to enter into agreements is not 
absolute.  There is a limitation on such contractual freedom as they are bound by certain 
general provisions of law.  The above observation can be illustrated with the following 
example: suppose ‘A’ agrees to pay ` 100/- to B on ‘B’ stealing ‘C’s purse, then no Court can 
compel ‘A’ to pay ‘B’ even if he manages to steal ‘C’s purse because it would amount to 
encouraging these things. 
While on the subject of ‘object’ and ‘consideration’ it must be said that in practice it is difficult 
to distinguish between ‘object’ and ‘consideration’ especially when consideration consists of a 
promise to do or, not to do something.  Sometimes both ‘object’ and ‘consideration’ are seen 
for evaluation.  For example, where ‘A’ agrees to sell goods to ‘B’ who is insolvent and B 
assigns the benefit of the contract for ` 100/-  with a view to defrauding creditors, the 
consideration for the assignment viz ` 100/-  is lawful but the object namely defrauding 
creditors is unlawful as it is to defeat the provision of insolvency law. 
Although ‘object’ and ‘consideration’ are sometimes intertwined we have to, where ever it is 
possible, separate them and identify whether they are lawful. 
1.18 Unlawful Object 
In terms of section 23 of the Act ‘consideration’ or ‘object’ is unlawful if it is forbidden by law; 
or it would if permitted, defeat the provisions of any law or is fraudulent or involves injury to 
the person or property of another or is immoral or opposed to public policy.  Every agreement 
where the object or consideration is unlawful is void.  Thus section 23 has set out the limits to 
contractual freedom.  Following are examples of agreement which are void because the object 
is unlawful. 
(i) Where A, B & C enter into an agreement to share equally among themselves certain 
gains acquired by fraud or loss acquired by fraud.  The agreement is void because the 
object being commission of fraud, is unlawful. 
(ii) A promises to return the stolen property of ‘B’ if ‘B’ would withdraw the criminal case filed 
against him, the agreement is void as its object namely withdrawing the case would 
mean stifling prosecution. 
1.19 Unlawful Consideration 
Now let us consider circumstances which would make consideration and the object as well 
unlawful.  There are seven such circumstances namely - 
(i) Agreement forbidden by law: Acts forbidden by law means acts that are punishable 
under any Statute or Rules or Regulations made under any Statute. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.37 
For instance a plantation company that is commenced, for growing, felling and selling timber 
cannot enter into any agreement to grow and fell sandalwood trees as felling of sandalwood is 
prohibited by law viz the Forest Act.   
Example: A license to cut grass is given to ‘X’ by Forest Department under the Forest Act.  
The license provides for imposition of penalty in the events of ‘X’ choosing to assign his right.  
However, if ‘X’ assigns his right, the agreement would still be valid since there is no prohibition 
for such assignment as the consideration stipulating penalty is only to regulate the matter as a 
matter of administrative measure. 
(ii) Consideration defeats the provision of law: Where an agreement is entered into with 
the object of defeating any provision of law then it is prohibited. “Law” here should mean any 
Statute, Law, regulation etc, in force.  This can be illustrated by the following- 
(a) Where a debtor agrees not to plead limitation vis-à-vis his creditor, it is an agreement to 
defeat the Limitation Act. 
(b) An agreement between owner of land who has to pay land revenue in arrears and a 
stranger that the stranger would purchase his estate for revenue’s sake and reconveys it 
to the former on receipt of purchase money is void, as it would defeat the law relating to 
revenue, which apparently prohibits defaulting owners from purchasing back the same 
estate already sold due to his default. 
(c) An agreement by a Hindu to give his son in adoption in consideration of annual 
allowance to natural parents would be in violation of Hindu Law and hence is unlawful. 
(d) Any agreement by a Muslim with the wife before their marriage that the wife shall be at 
liberty to live with her parents after marriage is void as it would defeat the provisions of 
Muslim Law. 
(iii) Consideration that would defeat any rule for the time being in force: This is a 
situation not very different from point (ii) discussed above. The issue covered by this point can 
be explained by following two examples: 
(a) A ‘will’ must be proved in order to be probated by a court.  A mere consent of parties by 
way of agreement to except this requirement of proof of genuineness or proper execution 
of will is not lawful and therefore cannot be enforced under C.P.C. 
(b) A receiver is a court officer.  Therefore his remuneration has to be fixed by the court.  
Parties to certain litigations cannot add or deviate of the power of the receiver. Similarly 
they cannot fix salary of a receiver without the leave of the court however unconditional it 
may be.  Such an act would be in contravention of law. 
(iv) Where consideration is a fraud: Following are illustrations to prove where the object or 
consideration of an agreement is unlawful on the ground of fraud - 
(a) ‘A’ is an agent for Zamindar, the principal. He agrees for money to lease of land for ‘B’ 
from his principal,  the Zamindar.  The agreement between ‘A’ and ‘B’ is void as the 
consideration is fraudulent 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.38 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(b) ‘A’ & ‘B’ are partners in a firm.  They agree to defraud a Government department by 
submitting a tender in the individual name and not in the firm name.  This agreement is 
void as it is a fraud on the Government department. 
(v) Where object or consideration is unlawful because it involves or causing injury to 
a person or loss of property: The term ‘injury’ means criminal or wrongful harm. Following 
are the illustrations where the object or consideration is unlawful as it involves injury either to 
person or property. 
(a) ‘A’ agrees to buy a property from ‘B’ although A knows ‘B’ had agreed previously to sell 
the property to ‘C’.  The intention of ‘A’ here is to cause injury to the property of ‘C’ 
(b)  ‘A’ agrees to print a book of ‘B’ which has clearly been published by “W” This agreement 
is void as it is not only in violation of Copyright Act but also with the intent to cause injury 
to the property of another. 
(c)   ‘A’ borrowed money from ‘B’. He is unable to pay either the principal or interest.  
Therefore he agrees to render manual labour for certain period failing which he agrees to 
pay exorbitant interest.  This agreement is void as rendering labour as consideration 
amounts to agreeing to be a slave.  Slavery is opposed to public policy as well. In other 
words consideration involves ‘injury’ to ‘A’.   Hence the agreement is void. 
(vi) Where consideration is immoral: Following are illustration where the agreement is void 
because the object or consideration is unlawful being immoral.  
(a) Where ‘A’ agrees to let his house to a prostitute on rent, where with A’s knowledge she 
carries on her vocation. ‘A’ cannot collect the rent as the agreement is void, the object 
being void. 
(b) Where ‘P’ had advanced money to ‘D’ a married woman to enable her to obtain a divorce 
from her husband. He also promised to marry her after divorce.  It was held that ‘P’ was 
not entitled to recover the amount from ‘D’ as the agreement was against good morals. 
(vii) Where consideration is opposed to public policy: Agreement, either because of their 
object or consideration being opposed to public policy are void and not enforceable. Therefore 
the meaning of the expression ‘public policy’ is very important.  It can be interpreted in a 
narrow sense or in a broad sense. If it is understood in a narrow sense, it would cut into rights 
of people to enter into even genuine agreements. ‘Public policy’ as a concept is evolved 
basically to develop an orderly society and for good of the community.  But framing public 
policy itself is a difficult exercise since a too restrictive approach would stifle the rights of 
people and a too liberal approach would open the gate for many illegal transactions. Therefore 
policy on ‘public policy’ has to be developed with circumspection. Public policy has been 
described as “an unruly horse, which if not properly bridled, may carry its rider he knows not 
where”.  Time immemorial following activities/ agreements have been identified as “opposed to 
public policy”. 
(a) Trading with enemy: Any trading or business activity with a person who owes allegiance 
to a Government of a country with whom India is at war without any license from Government 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.39 
of India is void. This is because such a trade would be against the interest of Government of 
India and people of India. 
Any agreement made during peace time would be suspended automatically and cannot be 
carried on further until hostilities come to an end. 
(b) Stifling prosecution:  Any agreement to stifle or prevent illegally any prosecution is void 
as it would amount to perversion or abuse of justice.  The principle is that one should not 
make a trade of felony.  It must be understood however that under the Code of Criminal 
Procedure,1973 many offences are compoundable. Therefore any agreement towards 
compounding of an offence to avoid prosecution is not void but is very much enforceable.  
Thus, where ‘A’ agrees to sell certain land to ‘B’ in consideration of ‘B’ abstaining from taking 
any criminal proceeding against ‘A’ with respect to an offence which is compoundable, the 
agreement is not opposed to public policy. 
(c) Maintenance and Champerty:  Maintenance is promotion of litigation in which the 
litigant has no interest. Champerty is bargain whereby one party agrees to assist the other in 
recovering property with a view to sharing the profit of litigation. These agreements for 
maintenance and champerty are void in England but not in India. Hence these are not 
opposed to public policy.  But where such advances are made by way of gambling in litigation, 
the agreement to share the subject of litigation is certainly opposed to public policy and 
therefore is void. 
(d) Interference with course of law and justice: Any agreement with the object of inducing 
a judicial officer or administrative officer of the state to act corruptly or not impartially is void.  
Similarly an agreement to use influence in a litigation in a underhand manner is void.  For 
instance through an agreement ‘A’ agrees to reward ‘B’ if he abstains from being a witness in 
a suit against ‘A’ is void.  But an agreement to pay for to a holy man for prayers for success of 
a suit is valid. 
(e) Marriage brokerage contract:  An agreement to negotiate a marriage for reward is void.  
Such marriage brokerage contracts are opposed to public policy. 
(f) Interest against obligation:  The following are examples of agreement that are void as 
they tend to create an interest against obligation.  The object of such agreements is opposed 
to public policy. 
(1) An agreement by an agent to receive without his principal’s consent compensation from 
another for the performance of his agency is invalid. 
(2) A promise by a trustee to do something in violation of his duty is unlawful 
(3) A, who is the manager of a firm, agrees to pass a contract to X if X pay to A ` 2000 
privately; the agreement is void. 
(g) Sale of public offices:  While appointing a person to certain important and high public 
office, merit alone should be the criteria. Any attempt to influence or any agreement to 
influence anyone in this regard should be seen as an act ‘opposed to public policy’.  ‘Public 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.40 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
policy’ also demands that there should be no money consideration and if it is there, it could be 
opposed to public policy.  This is for the reason presence of money consideration would 
convert the situation as sale of public office. 
Following are illustrations in this regard. 
(1) An agreement to pay money to public servant in order to induce him to retire from his 
office so that another person may secure the appointment is void. 
(2) An agreement to procure a public recognition like Padma Vibhushan for reward is void. 
(3) The sale of the office of a mutawali of wakf is opposed to public policy, because the 
office of mutawali is connected with matters of public interest. 
(h) Agreement for the creation of monopolies: Agreements having for their object the 
establishment of monopolies are opposed to public policy and therefore void.   It is also hit by 
the MRTP Act. 
(i) Agreement in restraint of marriage (Section 26): Every agreement in restraint of 
marriage of any person other than a minor, is void.  So if a person, being a major, agrees for 
good consideration not to marry, the promise is not binding. 
(j) Agreement in restraint of trade (Section 27):  Any agreement through which a person 
is restrained from exercising a lawful profession, trade or business of any kind is to that extent 
void.  The object of this law is to protect trade. The restraint, even if it is partial, will make the 
agreement void.  Example:  X, a shop keeper, in a particular locality agrees to pay ‘Y’ his rival 
in business certain compensation, if ‘Y’ close his business in that locality the agreement is 
void.  
The principle of law however has a number of exceptions which are discussed hereunder. 
(i) where a person sells his business along with the goodwill to another person, agrees not 
to carry on same line of business in certain reasonable local limits, such an agreement is 
valid. 
(ii)  In terms of Section 36 of the Indian Partnership Act,1932 an agreement through which an 
outgoing partner will not carry on the business of the firm for a reasonable time will be 
valid, though it is in restraint of trade. 
(iii)  Again in terms of Section 54 of the Partnership Act,1932 partners among themselves 
may agree that upon dissolution of the firm some of them may not carry on the business 
of the firm.  Such an agreement is valid. 
(iv)  Section 55 of the Indian Partnership Act,1932 provides that where a full firm is sold by 
partners along with goodwill to a buyer, there can be an agreement that they would not 
carry on the business of the dissolved firm for certain period and within certain local limits 
and such an agreement will be valid. 
(v) An agreement of service through which an employee commits not to compete with his 
employer is not in restraint of trade. Example: ‘B’ is a Doctor and he employs ‘A’ a junior 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.41 
Doctor as his assistant.  ‘A’ agrees not to practice as Doctor during the period of his 
employment with ‘B’ as a Doctor independently. Such an agreement will be valid. 
(vi) An agreement between manufacturer and a wholesale merchant that the entire 
production during a period will be sold by the manufacturer to the wholesale merchant is 
not in restraint of trade. 
(vii) An agreement among sellers not to sell a particular product below a particular price is not 
an agreement in restraint of trade. 
(k) Agreement in restraint of legal proceedings (Section 28): An agreement in restraint of 
legal proceedings resulting in restriction of one’s right to enforce legal rights is void.  Similarly 
any agreement which abridges the usual period for commencing the legal proceedings is also 
void.  Further these agreement are also void in view of section 23 of the Indian Contract 
Act,1872 as the object of the agreements are to defeat the provision of law. 
Nevertheless, a clause in an fire insurance policy stipulating that if the claim is made and 
rejected and if no suit is instituted within three months after such a rejection, all the benefits 
under the policy will be forfeited, is valid.  However, there are certain exceptions to the above 
rule: 
(i) A contract by which the parties agree that any dispute between them in respect of any 
subject shall be referred to arbitration and that only the amount awarded in such 
arbitration shall be recoverable is a valid contract.  For instance, in agreement between 
the holder of a fire insurance policy and the insurance company that no suit shall be 
instituted until the question of the amount of damage sustained by the assured has first 
been ascertained by a reference to an arbitrator is a perfectly valid agreement. 
(ii) Similarly, a contract by which the parties agree to refer to arbitration any question 
between them which has already arisen or which may arise in future, is valid; but such a 
contract must be in writing.  
Key Points 
♦ An agreement with unlawful object or consideration is void. 
♦ Where both the consideration and object of an agreement is partially unlawful and it can 
not be severed from the agreement- Whole agreement is void. 
♦ If unlawful part can be severed from the other lawful part of an agreement - Lawful part is 
valid. 
♦ Any agreement which is against the interest of the public or harmful to the society-Is an 
agreement against public policy. 
1.20 Agreement Expressly Declared as Void 
We have already seen that certain agreements are void ab initio under the Contract Act, like 
agreements by incompetent persons [Section 11], agreement with unlawful object or 
consideration [Section 23], agreement made under mutual mistake of fact [Section 20], 
agreement without consideration [Section 25], agreement in restraint of marriage, trade or 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.42 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
legal proceedings etc., as they are opposed to public policy. 
In addition to the above, there are also other agreements which are expressly declared as 
void. 
(a) Where consideration is unlawful in part: By virtue of Section 24 of the Indian Contract 
Act, “If any part of a single consideration for one or more objects, or any one or any part of 
any one of several considerations for a single object is unlawful, the agreement is void”. 
This Section is obviously a corollary to Section 23 of the Act.  Where the consideration is 
unlawful, the entire agreement is void as the agreement has to be looked as a whole. The 
general principle of law is where the legal part of an agreement can be separated from the 
illegal part, then the legal part if it can be given effect by rejecting the bad part and retaining 
the good part, then the good part is given effect.  But where no such separation is possible, 
the contract is altogether void. 
Example: ‘A’ has business interest in Indigo, as a manufacturer.  He also has interest in illegal 
traffic of other goods.  Where ‘A’ employs ‘B’ for a salary of ` 2000/- to act as superintendent 
of A’s  entire business, the agreement is void as the object of A’s promise unlawful in part. 
(b) Agreement the meaning of which is uncertain (Section 29): Where the meaning of the 
terms of an agreement is uncertain or if it is not capable of being understood with certainty, 
then the agreement is void.  But where the meaning is capable of being made certain, then the 
agreement is valid.  For example where ‘A’ enters into an agreement to supply 100 tones of 
oil, the agreement is not valid as the meaning of it is uncertain since what type of oil that is 
promised to be supplied is not clear.   But on the other hand if ‘A’ is a dealer of coconut oil 
only, then the meaning of the agreement would crystallize very easily and then the agreement 
would be valid. 
(c) Wagering  agreement:  Let us discuss wagering contract.  We shall also distinguish 
wagering agreements from speculative transactions and mere ‘gambling’. 
Wagering agreement is one which involves payment of a sum of money upon the 
determination of an uncertain event.  The essence of wagering agreement is where there are 
two parties, one wins, the other loses upon an uncertain event taking place in which neither of 
them has legitimate interest. 
For example ‘A’ agrees to pay ` 500/- to ‘B’ if it rains and similarly ‘B’ agrees to pay ‘A’ if it 
does not.  This is a classic case of a wagering agreement.  But where one of the parties has 
control over the event, the agreement is valid.  An agreement by way of a wager is void.  A 
good definition of wagering agreement would be the one given by Anson: “A promise to give 
money or money’s worth upon determination or ascertainment of an uncertain event”. 
Now let us see the position with regard to transaction of “purchase of lottery ticket” and “horse 
racing”.  Section 30 of the Act provides that an agreement [to buy lottery tickets] is one by way 
of wager and is void.  However any subscription or contribution or agreement towards such 
subscription or contribution towards any plate or prize or sum of money, of the value of ` 500 
or more to be awarded to a winner of a horse race is not unlawful. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.43 
Speculative transactions: While as clearly seen, wagering contracts are void, speculative 
transactions are valid.  It is often difficult to distinguish between the two.  There are two bare 
elements of a speculative transaction. They are (a) mutual intention of parties to acquire or 
deliver goods or commodities and (b) undertaking of risk arising from movement of prices.  In 
wagering contract, only the element of risk is seen. 
Now let us take an example: 
‘A’ enters into a agreement with ‘B’ to buy 100 bales of jute at ` 150/- per bale for forward 
delivery after six months.  This is a proposed transaction of purchase @ ` 150/-  per  bale.  
What if the price at the time of delivery goes up to ` 200/- ‘A’ has the following two options: 
(i) to take delivery of 100 bales at the contracted rate of ` 150/-  and sell it to some other 
buyer and make a profit of ` 50/ -per bale or 
(ii) to simply collect the difference of ` 50/- per bale from ‘B’ 
Similarly what if the price at the time of delivery goes down to ` 125/- per bale.  ‘A’ has the 
following two options: 
(i) to take delivery of 100 bales at the contracted  rate of ` 150/-  [and perhaps sell it to 
some buyer and incur a loss of ` 25 per bale] or 
(ii) to pay the difference of ` 25/- per bale to ‘B’ & close the contract. 
In the above example if the original intention of the parties was only to settle the difference in 
price, than it would be a wagering contract which would be void.  Thus by now it would be 
clear that wagering postulates only incurring of risk.  It is void because it is opposed to public 
policy.  
While gambling and wagering are prohibited by law, speculation is not. 
Now let us consider other peculiar situations to see whether they are wagering contracts or 
speculative contracts or valid contracts. 
Insurance policy: An insurance policy is a valid contract.  But if an insurance policy is taken 
by a person who has no insurable interest, then it is void.  For instance a person who has no 
insurable interest in a ship, takes a policy against it being sunk, then the contract is void. 
Promissory notes on a wagering contract: While a wagering contract is void ab initio, it is 
but automatic that a promissory note given out of a wagering contract is not enforceable by 
way of a suit.  A promissory note of this character is one without consideration and hence is 
null and void. 
Suit to recover deposit: A winner of bet cannot recover the amount which he has won even if 
the amount is kept by way of deposit by the loser with the stakeholder. Such earmarking or 
identification of funds does not enhance the validity of the contract which is void.  In the above 
example the loser can recover the amount from stakeholders as long as the amount has not 
been made over by the stakeholder to the winner. 
Wager and collateral transactions: The validity of a collateral transaction cannot be 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.44 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
challenged because the main contract is a wager and void.  For instance in a wagering 
contract, the broker is entitled to collect his brokerage.  Similarly the principal can recover the 
prize money from his agent received by him on account of a wagering transactions. 
The acid test of validly of a collateral transaction is whether the main transaction is illegal or 
legal but void.  If the main transaction is illegal, the collateral transaction cannot be valid.  For 
example security given for regular payment of the rent of a house let out for the purpose of 
gambling cannot be recovered; the recovery of security being tainted with the illegality of 
original transaction cannot be enforced. 
A promise made by the loser of a wager to pay the amount lost in consideration of the winners 
forbearance to sue him as defaulter can be enforced as a fresh contract, separate and distinct 
from original wagering contract though collateral to it. 
Key Points 
♦ An agreement not enforceable by law is void. In the public interest,  some of the 
agreements have been expressely declared to be void under the Act. 
♦ Any agreement in restraint of marriage of a person, other than minor is void. 
♦ Every agreement by which any person is restrained from exercising a lawful profession, 
trade or business of any kind is void. 
♦ Wagering agreements have been declared to be void. However, an agreement to subscribe 
towards and plate, prize or a sum of money of ` 500 /more to be awarded to the winner of 
any horse race, is not unlawful. Contract of insurance is not a  wager, it falls under the 
category of contingent contract.  
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.45 
UNIT – 4 : PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACT 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to - 
♦ Understand how obligations under a contract must be carried out by the parties. 
♦ Be familiar with the various modes of performance. 
♦ Be  clear about the consequence of refusal of performance or refusal to accept 
performance, by either of the parties. 
♦ Understand rights of joint promisees, liabilities of joint promisors, and rules regarding 
appropriation of payments. 
A contract being an agreement enforceable by law, creates a legal obligation, which subsists 
until discharged.  Performance of the promise or promises remaining to be performed is the 
principal and most usual mode of discharge.  This unit explains,  who must perform his 
obligation; what should be the mode of performance; and what shall be the consequences of 
non performance. 
Basic tenet of performance: In a contract where there are two parties, each one has to 
perform his part and demands the other to perform.  This obligation is the primary tenet.  The 
parties would be treated as having been absolved only under the provisions of any law or by 
the conduct of the other party.  Until such time,  the performance is neither excused nor 
dispensed with. Not only the promisor has a primary duty to perform, even the representative 
in the event of death of a promisor, is bound by the promise to perform, unless a contrary 
intention appears from the contract [Section 37]. 
1.21 By Whom a Contract may be Performed 
The promise under a contract can be performed by any one of the following: 
(i) Promisor himself: Invariably the promise has to be performed by the promisor where 
the contracts are entered into for performance of personal skills, or diligence or personal 
confidence, it becomes absolutely necessary that the promisor performs it himself. 
(ii) Agent:Where personal consideration is not the foundation of a contract, the promisor or 
his representative can employ a competent person to perform it. 
(iii) Representatives: Generally upon the death of promisor, the legal representatives of the 
deceased are bound by the promise unless it is a promise for performance involving 
personal skill or ability of the promisor. However the liability of the legal representative is 
limited to the value of property inherited by him from the promisor. 
(iv) Third Person: The question here is whether a total stranger to a contract who is 
identified as a third person can perform a promise.  Where a promisee accepts 
performance from a third party he cannot afterwards enforce it against the promisor.  
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.46 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
Such a performance, where accepted by the promisor has the effect of discharging the 
promisor though he has neither authorized nor ratified the act of the third party. 
(v) Joint promisors: Where two or more persons jointly promise, the promise must be 
performed jointly unless a contrary intention appears from the contract. 
Where one of the joint promisors dies, the legal representative of the deceased along with the 
other joint promisor(s) is bound to perform the contract. 
Where all the joint promisors die, the legal representatives of all of them are bound to perform 
the promise. 
The law set out above can be illustrated with the following examples: 
1. A promises B to pay ` 1000/- on delivery of certain goods. A may perform this promise 
either himself or causing someone else to pay the money to B.  If A dies before the time 
appointed for payment, his representative must pay the money or employ some other 
person to pay the money.  If B dies before the time appointed for the delivery of goods, 
B’s representative shall be bound to deliver the goods to A and A is bound to pay  
` 1000/- to B’s representative. 
2. A promises to paint a picture for B for a certain price. A is bound to perform the promise 
himself.  He cannot employ some other painter to paint the picture on his behalf.  If A 
dies before painting the picture, the contract cannot be enforced either by A’s 
representative or by B. 
3. A delivered certain goods to B who promise to pay ` 5000/-. Later on B expresses his 
inability to clear the dues.  C, who is known to B, pays ` 2000/-to A on behalf of B.  
Before making this payment C did tell B nothing about it.  Now A can sue B only for the 
balance and not  for the whole amount. 
1.22 Distinction between Succession and Assignment 
This discussion arises in the context of the observation that the obligations of a promisor 
would bind the legal representative also (only) to the extent of value of property inherited by 
them. This became the law that  legal representatives are successors. 
Succession: When the benefits of a contract are succeeded by a process of law,  both the 
burden and the benefit would some times devolve on the legal heir.  For example ‘B’ is the son 
of  ‘A’.  Upon A’s death ‘B’ will inherit all the assets and liabilities of ‘A’ [These assets and 
liabilities are also referred to as debts and estates]  
Thus ‘B’ will be liable to all the debts of ‘A’, but if the liabilities inherited are more than the 
value of the estate [assets] inherited it will be possible to pay only to the extent of assets 
inherited. 
Assignment: Unlike succession, the assignor  can assign only the assets to the assignee and 
not the liabilities.  Because when a liability is assigned, a third party gets involved in it.  The 
debtor cannot through assignment relieve himself of his liability to creditor. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.47 
However there cannot be any assignment of benefit of a contract coupled with a liability or 
when a personal consideration has entered into making of the contract then the contract 
cannot be assigned.  In Zaffer Mehar Ali vs Budge Budge Jute Mills Company Ltd. 33 Cal.,  ‘A’ 
agreed to sell certain gunny bags to ‘B’ which were to be delivered in monthly installments for 
a period of 6 months and the contract contained certain options for the buyer as regards 
quality and packing.  It was held that the clause relating to the buyer’s option did not preclude 
the assignment of the contract. 
1.23 Effects of Refusal to Accept Offer of Performance 
In any promise, the promisor should act first by offering performance also known as ‘tender’.  
In terms of section 38 of the Act, where the promisee has not accepted the offer or tender of 
performance by the promisor then the promisor is not responsible for non performance.  In this 
case the promisor does not also lose his rights under a contract. 
The promisor should however ensure that his tender or offer to perform his part should satisfy 
following  conditions. 
(i) the offer is unconditioned. 
(ii) the offer is made at a proper time and place under such circumstances that the person to 
whom it is made may have a reasonable opportunity of ascertaining that the person by 
whom it is made is able and willing to do what he is bound to do, then and there.  
(iii) if the offer is an offer to deliver any thing to the promisee, then the promisee must have a 
reasonable opportunity of seeing that the thing offered is the thing that the promisor is 
bound by his promise to deliver. 
The above legal principles were settled in the famous English case Start up vs.Macdonald 
1843 6 Man. & G. 593, 610 thus “The law considers a party who has entered into a contract to 
deliver goods or pay money to another as having substantially performed it, if he has tendered 
the goods or money to the party to whom the delivery or payment was to be made, provided 
only that the tender has been made under such circumstances that the party to whom, it has 
been made, has had a reasonable opportunity of examining the goods or the money tendered 
in order to ascertain that the thing tendered is really what that it is purported to be”. 
An offer to any one of the several joint promisees has the same legal consequence as an offer 
to all of them. 
1.24 Effect of a Refusal of a Party to Perform Promise 
Where a party to a contract has refused to perform the promise he has made or had disabled 
himself from performing his promise in its entirety, the promisee may put an end to the 
contract, unless his acquiescence in the continuance of the contract has been conveyed either 
by words or by deeds [conduct] [Section 39].  Thus from the above it could be seen that the 
following two rights accrue to the aggrieved party-  (i) to terminate the contract and (ii) to 
indicate by words or conduct that he is interested in its continuance. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.48 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
In case the promisee decides to continue the contract, he would not be entitled to put an end 
to the contract on this ground immediately.  In either case, the promisee would be able to 
claim damages that he suffers as a result of the breach for it is not incumbent on the promisee 
to decide immediately in case of an anticipated breach that the contract may be ended.  He 
may, however, choose to do so.  In that event, the loss (if any) suffered by him will have to be 
made good by the promisor. On the other hand, if he indicates that he is interested in the 
performance of the contract, then he would be entitled to claim damages which accrue on the 
date the contract is due to be performed.   It would, therefore, be clear that the rights that we 
have just stated above accrue to a promisee when the promisor decides not to perform the 
promise. 
It has been held by the Privy Council in Muralidhar Chatterjee vs. International Film Company 
47 Cal.W.N.407 that when a promisee puts an end to a contract being rightly entitled to do so, 
it shall be deemed as if he has rescinded a voidable contract.  In view of Section 64 of the Act, 
the promisee, in the events of his putting an end to the contract, is bound to return all the 
benefits received under the contract and in turn is entitled for compensation for all damages 
sustained by him for breach of contract by the promisee. 
1.25 Liability of Joint Promisor & Promisee 
The legal liability of a joint promisor, joint promisee and other connected issues are set out in 
Sections 42, 43 & 44 of the Indian Contract Act,1872. 
In terms of Section 42 of the Act “when two or more persons have made a joint promise then 
unless a contrary intention appears from the contract, all such person, during their joint lives, 
and after the death of any one of them, his representative jointly with the survivor or survivors 
and after the death of last survivor, representatives of all jointly must fulfill the promise”. 
The above law can be illustrated with the following example.  Where ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’ jointly 
borrow a sum of money from ‘X’ all of them are jointly liable to repay the amount.  Where in 
the above example, ‘A’ dies, his legal representative, ‘L’ would be liable to repay the loan 
along with ‘B’ and ‘C’, the remaining joint borrowers. 
Now let us consider the position whether the promisee can enforce his right against any one of 
the joint promisors and if so what are the rights and duties of the other promisors to make  
contributions. 
In terms of Section 43 of the Act, 
(i) when two or more persons make joint promise, the promisor can compel any one of the 
joint promisors to perform the whole of promise. 
(ii) in the above situation, the performing promisor can enforce contribution from other joint 
promisors, in the absence of express agreement to the contrary.  
Example: Where A,B and C have jointly signed a promissory note for ` 3000/-, and where ‘A’ 
is compelled to pay the entire amount of ` 3000/-  , he is entitled recover by way of 
contribution of ` 1000/-  each from the other two joint promisors namely B and C unless 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.49 
agreed to otherwise mutually. 
In the above situation again, if one of the joint promisors namely ‘B’ is unable to contribute ` 
1000/-, ‘A is entitled to recover ` 1500/- from ‘C’ who is the remaining joint promisor instead of 
` 1000. 
From the above, it is clear that the liability of joint promisors is joint and several and in the 
absence of any special contract to the contrary, the amount due can be recovered from any 
one of the joint promisors. 
For example X,Y and Z jointly borrow from P, ` 3000/-, Because the liability of the borrower is 
joint and severed, ‘P’ can recover the amount either from X or from Y or from Z or from all of 
them jointly.  A joint promisor cannot claim that he be sued along with all other joint promisors 
only.  If, however the promisee sues one of the promisors and obtains a decree against him, 
he is precluded from bringing a fresh suit against the remaining borrowers.   
In the matter of release of one of the joint promisors, by another joint promisor, it must be 
understood that such a release does not discharge other joint promisors nor does the released 
joint promisor would stand released to other joint promisor or promisors. [Section 44 of the 
Act]. 
1.26 Rights of Joint Promisees 
The rights of two or more promisees who are known as joint promisees is discussed in Section 
45 of the Act. In terms of the said section “When a person has made a promise to two or more 
persons jointly, then unless a contrary intention appears from the contract, the right to claim 
performance rests, as between him and them, with them during their joint lives, and after the 
death of any of them with the representatives of such deceased person jointly with the survivor 
or survivors, and after the death of the last survivor, with the representatives of all jointly”. 
For example, A, in consideration of ` 5,000 lent to him by B and C, promises B and C jointly to 
repay the sum with interest on a specified day but B dies.  In such a case right to demand 
payment shall rest with B’s legal representatives, jointly with C during C’s lifetime and after the 
death of C, with the legal representatives of B and C jointly as ‘B’ and ‘C’ both are joint  
promisees”. 
The above principle of joint promises is applicable for partners, joint mortgagees and members 
of a Hindu Undivided Family.  In all these cases there is no single promisee.  Therefore in 
order to enforce a promise all the joint promisees should sue the promisor.  If any one of the 
joint promisees refuses to sue the promisor he would not be a plaintiff but be treated as 
defendant.  [Ashinsa Bibi vs Abdul Kadar (1902) 25.Mad 26,35, Mohammed, Isaq vs. Shekh 
Haq (1908) 12 C.W.N. 84, 86, 93]. 
1.27 Time and Place for Performance of the Promise 
Sections 46 to 50 of the Act deal with this issue of “Time and place” for performance of a 
promise.  Following are the rules of performance where the promisee has not applied for 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.50 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
performance.  Where no time is specified for performance of a promise, it must be 
performed within a reasonable time.  What is reasonable time would depend on the facts and 
circumstances of each case [section 46].  Where a promise is to be performed on a 
specified date but no time is mentioned, then it can be performed any time on that day but 
during business hours only. 
A promisee may refuse to accept delivery (of goods), if it is delivered after business hours.  
For example if the promisor wishes to deliver goods at a time which is beyond business hours, 
the promisee can refuse. 
As regards the place of performance, where no place is fixed for the performance of a 
promise, it is the duty of the promisor to ask the promisee to fix a reasonable place.  No 
distinction is made between an obligation to pay money and an obligation to deliver goods or 
discharge any other obligation.  But generally the promise must be performed or goods must 
be delivered at the usual place of business. 
Where the promisor has not undertaken to perform the promisee without an application 
by the promisee and the promise is to be performed on a certain day, it is the duty of the 
promisee to apply for performance at a proper place and with in usual hours of business. 
The above are subject to the position that promisor can perform any promise at any place, in 
any manner, at any time which the promisee prescribes or sanctions. 
1.28 Performance of Reciprocal Promise 
The law relating to reciprocal promise as set out in Sections 51 to 54 of the Indian Contract  
Act,1872. 
General observation: A contract may consist of (i) an act and a promise or (ii) two promises 
one being the consideration for the other. 
The second type of contract which involves two promises, one promise from each to the other 
party is known as “Reciprocal promise”.  This can be illustrated with the following. 
When ‘A’ sells 500 quintals of rice to ‘B’ and ‘B’ promises to pay the price on delivery, the 
contract would consist of two promises one by ‘A’ to ‘B’ and another by ‘B’ to ‘A’. These 
promises are reciprocal promises.  Here the promise of ‘A’ is the consideration for the promise 
of ‘B’ and vice versa.  
The above is in contrast to another situation.  In the above example if ‘B’ promises to pay the 
price after a month, the contract would have two parts one is the act of ‘A’ and the second is 
promise of ‘B’.  This is not a reciprocal promise. 
The performance of reciprocal promise can take in different forms- 
(i) Simultaneously performance of reciprocal promise [Section 51]: In this case, 
promises have to be performed simultaneously.  The conditions and performances are 
concurrent.  If one of the parties does not perform his promise, the other also need not 
perform his promise.   For example where ‘A’ promises to deliver rice and  ‘B’ promises to pay 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.51 
the price on delivery, both have to be performed simultaneously.  Here both ‘A’ and ‘B’ must 
be willing and ready to perform their accepted part.   
(ii) Performance of reciprocal promise where the order is expressly fixed: Where the 
order of performance is expressly fixed, the promise must be performed in that order only.  
Where ‘A’ promises to build a house for ‘B’ and ‘B’ promises to pay after construction, here ‘A’ 
must perform his promise before he can call upon ‘B’ to fulfill his promise of payment of 
money.  A’s performance of the promise is a condition precedent to ‘B’ performing his part of 
the promise.  Any breach of promise by ‘A’ would enable ‘B’ to avoid the contract. 
(iii) Performance of reciprocal promise by implication:  Where the performance of 
reciprocal promise is not fixed expressly, some times the order is understood by implication.  
For  example where ‘A’ agrees to make over certain stock in trade to ‘B’ and ‘B’ agrees to 
provide certain security for the value of stock in trade, then ‘A’ need not make over the stock 
until ‘B’ provides the security as by implications ‘B’ is required to perform his part first; 
otherwise ‘A’ in the absence of any security will not make over the stock to ‘B’. 
(iv) Effect of one party preventing another from performing promise [Section 53]: When 
in a contract consisting of reciprocal promises one party prevents the other from performing 
his promise, the contract becomes voidable at the option of the party so prevented.  The 
person so prevented is entitled to get compensation for any loss he may have sustained for 
the non-performance. 
The above can be illustrated with the following illustrations by way of two case laws. 
(a) Where there is a contract for sale of standing timber and as per the terms seller is 
expected to cut and cord the standing timber before the buyer takes delivery but seller 
cords only a part of it, but neglects to cord the rest of it, then the buyer has a right to 
avoid the contract and claim compensation for any loss sustained. 
(b) In the well known case of O ‘Nell vs. Armstrong, an Englishman was engaged by the 
Captain of a Japanese ship to act as fireman on a voyage from England to Japan.  
During the course of the voyage Japan declared war against China.  The Englishman had 
to leave service because had he continued in service he would have incurred penalties 
under Foreign Enlistment Act.  In effect because of the war, the Englishman was 
prevented from discharging his part of the contract. The suit filed by him was decreed in 
his favour in spite of being opposed by the Japanese shipping company. It should be 
appreciated that the Captain of Japanese ship could not have brought a case against the 
Englishman for non-performance as the Japanese themselves were responsible for 
preventing the Englishman from performing his part of the contract. 
Sometimes the parties would be prevented from discharging a part of the contract but not the 
entire contract. In such a case, the party so prevented need not avoid the full contract but 
perform the rest of it. 
(v) Effects of default as to promise to be performed first: Section 54 of the Act provides 
that promises may be such that:  
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.52 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(i) one of them cannot be performed or  
(ii) its performance cannot be demanded till the other has been performed. 
Example: Where ‘B’ a ship owner agrees to convey A’s cargo from Calcutta to Mauritius for a 
freight.  Here the beginning part of the transaction is on ‘A’ as he has to provide the cargo to 
‘B’ to enable ‘B’ to perform his promise. Thus until cargo is handed over by ‘A’. A cannot 
expect ‘B’ to perform his promise nor would ‘B’ be in a position to perform his promise.  This 
peculiar position arises because of default on the part of one of the parties.  Here ‘B’ is 
entitled to put an end to the contract and claim compensation for any loss he may have 
suffered. 
(vi) Position of legal and illegal parts of Reciprocal promises: Reciprocal promise to do 
certain things that are legal and certain others that are not legal –  
Section 57 of the Act provides that if reciprocal promises have two parts, the first part being 
legal and the second part being illegal, the legal part is a valid contract and the illegal part is 
void. 
Example: Where ‘A’ agrees to sell his house to ‘B’ for ` 50000/- and further ‘A’ insists and it is 
agreed that if the house is used as a gambling house, then ‘B’ would pay another ` 75000/-. 
In this case the first part is valid as it is legal, the second part is void as it is illegal. 
(vii) Alternative promise one branch being illegal: “In the case of the alternative promise, 
one branch of which is legal and the other illegal, the legal branch alone can be enforced”. 
For example, in the nearest reversionary heir of B, agreed to transfer his inheritance to C, if he 
succeeded to B; and he did not transfer his own estate to C.  It was held that first promise was 
not enforceable, as it amounted to an agreement to transfer an estate on the mere chance of 
succession prohibited by Section 6 of the Transfer of Property Act, but the second promise 
was enforceable under Section 58 as an alternative promise. [Mahadeo Prasad Singh vs. 
Mathura 132 L.C. 321 A] 
1.29 Effects of Failure to Perform at a Time Fixed in a Contract in  
 which Time is Essential 
Section 55 of the Act regulates the position of performance of contract where time is of 
essence.  In terms of this Section, where it is understood between parties that time is an 
essential element, and where one party is unable to perform his part of the promise either in 
full or in part within the time specified, then the contract is voidable at the option of the party 
either in full or in part to the extent of non performance of the contract within the time.  In 
these cases the contract is not voidable if time is not of essence of the contract, but the 
promisee is entitled for compensation for loss if any suffered on account of such failure. 
In a contract where time is of essence and promisor is unable to perform his part within the 
time, as already stated the contract becomes voidable at the option of the other party.  
However the other party agrees that the promisor would perform his part subsequently after 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.53 
the time fixed, the promisee cannot claim any compensation for loss or damage or injury 
unless he gives any notice to the promisor of his intention to do so. 
The next question for consideration is how to determine whether time is essence of a 
contract? 
Ordinarily from a plain examination of a contract it would be difficult to ascertain from the 
terms of the contract whether time is essence of the contract.  A promisee may have failed to 
perform his contract within the specified time. Yet time may not be treated as essence of the 
contract in that case.  Whether time is essence of a contract has to be decided from the terms 
of the contract. 
In mercantile contracts, as business world is ruled by ‘time’ and ‘money’ any stipulation as to 
‘time’ and ‘money’ is an essential condition. 
The general principles that are followed can be enunciated as under. 
(i) In transaction on sale of gold, silver, blue chip shares, time of delivery is of essence.  
Here time will be treated as essence of contract. 
(ii) In transaction involving sale of land, redemption of mortgages, though certain time frame 
is fixed, any delay is not valued seriously provided  justice can be done to parties.  Of 
course even in sale of land, time can be made as on essence of contract by express 
words.  
Contract cannot be avoided where time is not of essence:  When there is delay in 
performing promise on executing a contract where the time is not of essence, parties 
concerned cannot avoid the contract.  However in such cases promises must be performed 
with in a reasonable time other wise it becomes voidable at the option of the promisee. 
Effect of acceptance of performance out of time: Even where time is of essence, the party 
who is entitled to avoid the contract can waive the condition relating to “performance within 
time”; but in such cases he cannot claim any compensation for loss if any suffered unless he 
has put the other party on notice. 
Key Points 
♦ Performance of contract-  It is the performing of all the promises and fulfilling all the 
obligations by all the parties as per the term of  the contract. 
♦ Actual performance-  When both the parties to a contract perform their promises and 
nothing remains to be done in future by them. 
♦ Attempted performance- When tender or offer of performance of goods/ services is not 
accepted or rejected by the promisee, In such situation the promisor is discharged from 
his obligation. However, where promisee fails to accept tender of money/price, the 
promisor is not discharged from his obligation to pay. 
♦ Contract can be performed by the parties personally, through agent, representative or 
third party. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.54 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
♦ In case of joint promise-  Promisee  may compel any of the joint promisors to perform 
unless otherwise agreed by the parties. 
♦ Where  no time for performance of contract-  The contract must be performed within a 
reasonable time. 
♦ Where time is essence- Failure to perform the contract at an agreed time will amount to a 
breach of condition of the contract and will be voidable. 
♦ Reciprocal promises-  Where one promise form the consideration/  part of consideration 
for each other. 
1.30 Impossibility of Performance 
Agreements become void when it becomes impossible to perform them due to a variety of 
reasons.  This is known as “impossibility of performance” and dealt with by section 56 of the 
Act 
In terms of Section 56 of the Act “An agreement to do an act impossible in itself is void.  A 
contract to do an act which, after the contract is made, becomes impossible, or, (by reason of 
some event which the promisor could not prevent,) unlawful, becomes void when the act 
becomes impossible or unlawful. 
Where one person has promised to do something which he knew, or with reasonable 
diligence, might have known, and which the promisee did not know to be impossible or 
unlawful, such promisor, must make compensation to such promisee for any loss which such 
promisee sustains through the non-performance of the promise”. 
(1) Impossibility existing at the time of contract: Even at the time of entering into the 
agreement, it may be impossible to perform certain contracts at the beginning or inception 
itself.  The impossibility of performance may be known or may not be known to the parties 
(i) If the impossibility is known to the parties : Where ‘A’ agrees to pay ‘B’ ` 5000/- to ‘B’ if 
he would swim from Bombay in Indian ocean to ‘Aden’ in 7 days time, this is an agreement 
where both the parties known that it is impossible to swim the distance between ‘Bombay’ to 
‘Aden’ in 7 days time and hence is void.  
(ii) If unknown to the parties:  Even where both the promisor and the promisee are ignorant 
of the impossibility the contract is void. 
(iii) If known only to the promisor:  Where the promisor alone knows it is impossible to 
perform or even if he does not know but he should have known about the impossibility with 
reasonable diligence, the promisee is entitled to claim compensation for the loss suffered 
because of failure of the promisor to perform. 
(2) Supervening impossibility: When performance of a promise becomes impossible on 
account of subsequent developments of events or change in circumstances, which are beyond 
the contemplation of parties, the contract becomes void.  Supervening impossibility can arise 
due to a variety of circumstances as stated below. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.55 
(i) Accidental destruction of the subject matter of the contract :  ‘A’ had agreed with ‘B’ to 
hire for rent his music hall for holiday concerts on certain specified dates.  The music hall was 
destroyed before the specified dates and hence it became impossible to hold stage concerts.  
It was held that as the music hall ceased to exist; it is a case of supervening impossibility and 
both the parties were excused from the performance of the contract [Taylor vs. Caldwell 
3B&S826]. 
(ii) Non-existence or non occurrence of a particular state of things:  It was agreed to by the 
defendant through a contract to have from the plaintiff a flat for specified days for witnessing 
the coronation procession of King Edward VII. The said procession was cancelled and it did 
not take place.  Therefore the defendant refused to pay the balance rent.  It was held that the 
foundation of the contract had totally failed and here the balance of rent amount cannot be 
recovered from the defendant. [Krell vs. Henry 2 KB. 740] 
(iii) Incapacity to perform a contract of personal services:  In case of contract of personal 
service, disability or incapacity to perform, caused by an Act of God e.g. illness, constitutes 
lawful excuse for non-performance of the contract [Robinson vs. Davison L.R.6Ex.269] 
(iv) Change in law:  Performance of a contract may also become impossible due to change in 
law subsequently.  The law passed subsequently may prohibit the act which may form part as 
basis of contract.  Here the parties are discharged from their obligations.  For example ‘A’ and 
‘B’ may agree to start a business for sale of lottery and contribute capital for the business.  If 
the business of sale of lottery ticket is banned by a subsequent law, parties need not keep up 
their legal obligations. 
(v) Outbreak of war: Out break of war may affect the enforceability of contracts in many 
ways like 
(a) emergency legislations controlling prices 
(b) relaxation of trade restrictions and 
(c) prohibiting or restraining transaction with alien enemy. 
Doctrine of Frustration: The idea of “supervening impossibility” is referred to as ‘doctrine of 
frustration’ in U.K. In order to decide whether a contract has been frustrated, it is necessary to 
consider the “intention of parties as are implied from the terms of contract”. 
However in India the ‘doctrine of frustration’ is not applicable.  Impossibility of performance 
must be considered only in term of section 56 of the Act. Section 56 covers only ‘supervening 
impossibility and not implied terms’.  This view was upheld by Supreme Court in Satyabrata 
Ghose vs Mugneeram Bangur A.I.R.(1954) S. C. 44 and Alopi Prasad vs Union of India A.R. 
1960 S.C.588. 
What would not constitute ground of impossibility: Various decisions which have identified 
certain situations as not constituting grounds of impossibility  - 
(a) ‘A’ promised to ‘B’ that he would arrange for ‘B’s marriage with his daughter. ‘A’ could not 
persuade his daughter to marry ‘B’.  ‘B’ sued ‘A’ who pleaded on the ground of 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.56 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
impossibility that he is not liable for any damages.   But it was held that there was no 
ground of impossibility. It was held that ‘A’ should not have promised what he could not 
have accomplished.  Further ‘A’ had chosen to answer for voluntary act of his daughter 
and hence he was liable. 
(b) The defendant agreed to supply specified quantity of ‘cotton’ manufactured by a mill with 
in a specified time to plaintiff.  The defendant could not supply the material as the mill 
failed to make any production at that time.  The defendant pleaded on the ground of 
impossibility which was not approved by the Privy Council and held that contract was not 
performed by the defendant and he was responsible for the failure.  [Hamandrai vs 
Pragdas 501A] 
(c) The defendant agreed to procure cotton goods manufactured by Victoria Mills to plaintiff 
as soon as they were supplied to him by the mills.  It was held by Supreme Court that the 
contract between defendant and plaintiff was not frustrated because of failure  on the part 
of Victoria Mills to supply goods [Ganga Saran vs Finn Rama Charan, A.I.R 1952 S.C.9] 
(d) A dock strike would not necessarily relieve a labourer from his obligation of unloading the 
ship within specified time. 
(e) In  Satyabrat Ghosh  vs Mugneeram Bangur & Co. A.I.R 1954 S.C.44,  Calcutta  High 
court held in a context of impossibility of performance that “having regard to the actual 
existence of war condition, the extent of the work involved and total absence of any 
definite period of time agreed to the parties, the contract could not be treated as falling 
under  impossibility of performance.  In the given case the plaintiff had agreed to 
purchase immediately after outbreak of war a plot of land.  This plot of land was part of a 
scheme undertaken by the defendant who had agreed to sell after completing 
construction of drains, roads etc. However the said plot of land was requisitioned for war 
purpose.  The defendant thereupon wrote to plaintiff asking him to take back the earnest 
money deposit, thinking that the contract cannot be performed as it has become 
impossible of being performed.  The plaintiff brought a suit against the defendant that he 
was entitled for conveyance of the plot of land under condition specified in the contract.  
It was held that the requisition order did not make the performance impossible. 
While judging the impossibility of performance issue, the Courts would be very cautious since 
contracting parties often bind themselves to perform at any cost of events without regard to 
price prevailing and market conditions. 
Key Points: 
A contract is discharged by impossibility of its performance. 
♦ Impossibility may be of two types : 
 (i) Initial Impossibility-existed at the time of making the agreement. 
 (ii) Subsequent or supervening impossibility-arises after formation of contract. 
♦ The contract becomes void when the performance of the contract becomes impossible. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.57 
♦ Doctrine of frustration applies in the case of supervenning impossibility, where-  the 
performance of contract has become impossible, and where the object of the contract 
has failed.  
♦ This doctrine does not apply-  where the performance simply becomes difficult 
/commercially impossible/ impossibility induced by the act or the conduct of any person 
etc. 
1.31 Appropriation of Payments 
Where a person [Debtor] owes a number of debts to another person [Creditor], and when he 
releases certain payments, then the question arises as to how to adjust the receipt against so 
many dues.  This issue is considered and answered in Sections 59, 60 and 61 of the Act 
under the heading ‘Appropriation of payments’. 
(i) Application of payment where debt to be discharged is indicated: In term of section 
59 of the Act “Where a debtor, owing several distinct debts to one person, makes a payment 
to him either with express intimation or under circumstances implying that the payment is to be 
applied to the discharge of some particular debt, the payment, if accepted, must be applied 
accordingly”. 
Where a debtor owes a number of debts and he pays an amount with express or implied 
instructions towards appropriation, the debtor is at will to appropriate to any debt and the 
creditor is bound by it.  This is set out in the Latin Maxim of “quicquid sovitur, sovit 
sectionundum modum solventis” meaning that whatever is paid, is paid according to intention 
or manner of party paying.  The right of debtor to decide the appropriation is also known as 
decision in Clayton’s case. 
What is the position if the debtor does not expressly state the method of appropriation? Then 
we have to go by the circumstances of the case.  For example a debtor who owes among 
other debts ` 2000/- to a creditor and pays ` 2000/- on a given day when the debt of ` 2000/- 
falls due, then the amount must be accordingly applied and the debt be discharged 
accordingly. 
(ii) Application of payment where debt to be discharged is not indicated: “Where the 
debtor has omitted to intimate and there are no other circumstances indicating to which debt 
the payment is to be applied, the creditor may apply it at his discretion to any lawful debt 
actually due and payable to him from the debtor whether its recovery is or is not barred by the 
law in force for the time being as to the limitation of suits”. 
From the above it can be seen that the creditor enjoys the right to appropriate even to a debt 
which is barred by limitation. 
It was held by Lord Macnaughten in Cory Bros. & Co. vs. Owner of the Mecca (1817) A.C.286 
& 293, that if the debtor does not make any appropriation, at the time of payment, the right 
devolves on the creditor.  Creditors have a right to decide till the very last moment.  The above 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.58 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
decision was followed in a number of important cases including in the famous case of 
Vinkatadri Appa Rao vs Parthasarthi Appa Rao [(1921) L.R. 48. I.A. 150; 44 Mad 570 and 
573.. In the said case it was held that creditor can decide at his discretion on the appropriation 
of payment towards any lawful debt even if barred by limitation.  If there is any debt carrying 
interest and if there are no express or implied instructions the amount paid should be 
appropriated  towards payment of interest and then to capital. 
(iii) Application of payment when neither party appropriates: In terms of section 61 of the 
Act, where neither party appropriates- 
(a) the payment shall be applied in discharge of debts in order of time, and  
(b) if the debts are of equal standing the payment shall be applied in discharge of each 
proportionately. 
The above appropriation takes place whether or not the debt is barred by limitation. 
For example where there are two debts one ` 500/-  and another ` 700/- falling due on the 
same day, and if the debtor pays ` 600/-  the appropriation shall be prorata of  ` 250/- and  
` 350/- for the two debts. 
1.32 Contract, Which Need not be Performed 
A contract would not require performance under circumstances spelt out in Sections 62 to 67 
of the Act.  These circumstances are (i) novation, (ii) rescission,(iii) alteration and (iv) 
remission. 
Section 62 of the Act provides that “if the parties to a contract agree to substitute a new 
contract for it or to rescind or alter it, the original contract need not be performed”. 
(a) Effect of novation: Novation means substitution.  Where a given contract is substituted 
by a new contract it is novation.  The old contract, on novation ceases.  It need not be 
performed.  Novation can take place with mutual consent.  However novation can take place 
by substitution of new contract between the same parties or between different parties.  
Novation results in discharge of old contract.  This can be illustrated as follows - 
A owes money to B under a contract. It is agreed between A, B and C that B shall thenceforth 
accept C as his debtor, instead of A. The old debt of A to B is at an end, and a new debt from 
C to B has been contracted. 
(b) Effect of rescission: In case of rescission, the old contract is cancelled and no new 
contract comes in its place.  A contract is also discharged by rescission.  Some times parties 
may enter into an agreement to rescind the previous contract.  Sometimes, the  contract is 
rescinded by implication or by non-  performance for a long time without each other 
complaining about it. 
Difference between novation and rescission: While novation involves rescission, there is 
no novation in rescission. Both in novation and rescission the contract is discharged by mutual 
agreement.  In both cases parties enter into a new contract to come out of the old contract.  
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.59 
The new agreement is the consideration for rescission. 
(c) Effect of alteration: Where the contract is altered, the original contract is rescinded. 
Hence the old one need not be performed whereas the new one has to be  performed.  
Alteration involves both rescission and novation. The line of difference between alteration and 
novation is very thin.  While there can be very minor alterations, there can not be unilateral 
material alteration to a contract. If it is done it will be void. 
Novation and alteration: Both in novation and in alteration the old contract need not be 
performed.  
The main difference between the two are: 
Novation 
Alteration 
Novation involves changes in the terms of 
contract.  It also sometimes means 
change in the parties to contract.  It infact 
operates as a substitution of the old 
contract. 
In alteration there are only changes in the 
term of contract by mutual consent.  The 
parties to contract remain the same. There is 
no substitution of old terms; only some terms 
and conditions change. There are remission 
of performance in alteration. 
Remission means waiver.  Section 63 of the Act deals with remission.  It provides that “every 
promisee may dispense with or remit wholly or in part, the performance of the promise made 
to him or may extend the time for such performance or may accept instead of it any 
satisfaction which it thinks fit”.  Thus the promisee can waive either in full or in part the 
obligation of the promisor or extend the time for performance.  For example where ‘A’ owes ‘B’ 
a sum of ` 1 lakh,  ‘B’ may accept a part of it in full and final settlement of the due or waive his 
entire claim. 
While granting the time to the promisor, the promisee cannot do so for his benefit but can do 
so only for the benefit of the promisor.  For example where ‘A’ promises ‘B’ that he would 
deliver certain goods by a certain date, ‘B’ can extend the time but he cannot take advantage 
to charge interest on the extended time.   
Similarly a promisee can accept any other performance to his satisfaction instead of the 
specified stipulated performance. 
For example where A promises to sell his horse for a consideration of ` 5000/- to ‘B’, ‘A’ may 
instead of cash consideration of ` 5000/-may accept jewellery worth Rs 5,000/-in full 
satisfaction of the consideration.  In a situation like this the essential element of ‘satisfaction’ 
is that the promisee must accept the consideration unequivocally.  If a promisor tenders some 
thing in full satisfaction but the promisee does not accept it or accepts in part performance, 
such satisfaction will fall outside the ambit of section 63 of the Act. [ Shyamnagar tin Factory 
vs Snow White Food Products, A.I.R (1965) Cal 54] 
It should be noted that novation, rescission or alteration cannot take place without 
consideration but in case of part or complete rescission no consideration is required.  The 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.60 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
promisee can dispense with performance without consideration and without a new agreement. 
1.33 Restoration of Benefit under a Voidable Contract  
It has already been seen that certain contracts referred to in Sections 19, 19A, 39, 51, 54 & 55 
are voidable.  The question for consideration is what is the effect of recession of contract by 
that person at whose option the contract is voidable.  The following are the effects of such an 
action- 
(i) The other party need not perform the promise 
(ii) Any benefit received by the person rescinding it must restore it to the person from whom 
it was received. 
A voidable contract which is voidable either at its inception or subsequently comes to an end 
when it is avoided by the party at whose option it is avoided.  In such a case, not only the 
contract need not be performed there is also restoration of benefit. 
(a) the injured party on account of non performance of the contract is entitled to recover 
compensation for damages suffered and  
(b) benefits received must be restored. 
In  Murlidhar vs. International Film Co.  A.I.R 1943 P.C. 34, the plaintiff having wrongfully 
repudiated the contract, the defendants rescinded it u/s 39 of the Act.  The plaintiff brought a 
suit to recover ` 4000/-  paid to the defendant.  Held defendant was bound to restore the 
amount after setting off such damages. 
When an insurance company has rescinded the policy because the policy holder could not 
disclose material information, it should refund the premium after making necessary 
adjustments for expenses already incurred. 
1.34 Obligations of Person who has Received Advantage under Void  
 Agreement or one Becoming Void. 
In terms of section 65 of the Act, where  
(a) an agreement is discovered to be void or 
(b) a contract becomes void 
any person who received an advantage must  
(a ) restore it or 
(b) pay compensation for damages in order to put the position prior to contract. 
In  Dhuramsey vs. Ahgmedhai (1893) 23 Bom 15, the plaintiff hired a godown from the 
defendant for 12 months and paid the advance in full.  After about seven months the godown 
was destroyed by fire, without any fault on the part of plaintiff.  When the plaintiff claimed 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.61 
refund of the advance, it was upheld that he was entitled to recover the rent for the unexpired 
term. 
The next issue is the benefit which has to be returned must have been received under the 
contract.  Any benefit received which is ancillary to main contract need not be returned.  For 
example, the deposit paid for a transaction of sale of house between parties, need not be 
returned just because the sale transaction could not take place.  This was on the ground that 
the deposit is only a security and not part of main contract. 
1.35 Discharge of a Contract 
A contract may be discharged in eight ways as discuss hereunder. 
(a) Discharge by performance: Discharge by performance will take place when there is (i) 
Actual performance or (ii) Attempted performance 
Actual performance / discharge takes place when parties to the contract fulfill their obligations 
within time and in the manner prescribed.  Here each party has done what he has to do under 
the contract.  In attempted performance the promisor offers to perform his part but the 
promisee refuses to accept his part. This is also known as tender. 
(b) Discharge by mutual agreement: Discharge also takes place where there is 
substitution [novation] rescission, alteration and remission. In all these cases old contract 
need not be performed. 
(c) Discharge by impossibility of performance: A situation of impossibility may have 
existed at the time of entering into the contract or it may have transpired subsequently (also 
known as supervening impossibility) 
Impossibility can arise when   
(i) there is an unforeseen change in law. 
(ii) destruction of subject matter. 
(iii) non-existence or non occurrence of a state of thing to facilitate happening of the 
agreement. 
(iv) personal incapacity of the promisor.  
(v) declaration of war. 
(d) Discharge by lapse of time: Performance of contract has to be done within certain 
prescribed time.  In other words it should be performed before it is barred by law of limitation.  
In such a case there was no remedy for the promisee.  For example, where then the debt is 
barred by law of limitation. 
(e) Discharge by operation of law: Where the promisor dies or goes insolvent there is a 
discharge by operation of law. 
(f) Discharge by breach of contract: Where there is a default by one party from 
performing his part of contract on due date then there is breach of contract.  Breach of 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.62 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
contract can be actual breach or anticipatory breach.  Where a person repudiates a contract 
before the stipulated due date, it is anticipatory breach.  In both the events, the party who has 
suffered injury is entitled for damages.  Further he is discharged from performing his part of 
the contract. 
(g) A promisee may remit the performance of the promise by the promisor.  Here there is a 
discharge.  Similarly the promisee may accept some other satisfaction. Then again there is a 
discharge on the ground of accord and satisfaction 
(h) When a promisee neglects or refuses to afford the promisor reasonable facilities or 
opportunities for performance, promisor is excused by such neglect or refusal. 
Key Points 
♦ Peformance of contract leads to discharge of contract. There are other alternative 
methods of discharge where a contract would not require performance These 
circumstances are (i) novation, (ii) rescission,(iii) alteration and (iv) remission. A contract 
may also be discharged by agreement of the parties or by lapse of time for performance 
or by operation of law,or impossibility of performance or by breach of contract. 
♦ A voidable contract which is voidable either at its inception or subsequently comes to an 
end when it is avoided by the party at whose option it is avoided.  In such a case, no 
contract need to be performed but there is a restoration of benefit. 
♦ Any agreement which is discovered to be void or a contract which becomes void, there 
any person who received an advantage must restore it or pay compensation for damages 
in order to put the position prior to contract. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.63 
UNIT – 5 : BREACH OF CONTRACT 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to - 
♦ Understand the concept of breach of contract and various modes thereof. 
♦ Understand the rule laid down in 'Hadley vs. Baxendale' for award of compensation. 
♦ Be clear about how the damages are to be measured. 
♦ Note the circumstances when vindictive damages are awarded. 
Let us now examine breach of contract and the methodology for estimation of compensation 
for such breach of contract. 
1.36 Anticipatory Breach of Contract 
Where the promisor refuses to perform his obligation even before the specified time for 
performance and signifies his unwillingness, then there is an anticipatory breach. 
Leading case on this point is Hochester vs.De La Tour(1853) 2 E & B 678. In this case 
defendant had engaged the services of plaintiff as his attendant for a tour of the continent 
from June 1st on a fee of £10 per month for three months. However defendant changed his 
mind before June 1st and informed the plaintiff that his services are not required.  This is thus 
a case of anticipatory breach of contract.  It was held in this case that plaintiff could put an 
end to the contract even before the due date viz 1st June and he need not wait for the date 
meant for performance of the promise.  
The principle of anticipatory breach was well summed up in Frost vs. Knight (1872) LR 7 
Ex.111. In the above case it was held that promisee could wait till the due date of performance 
also before he puts an end to the contract.  In such a case the amount of damages will vary 
depending on the circumstances. This can be explained with the following illustration: ‘X’ 
agrees to sell ‘Y’ certain quantity of wheat at a certain price. viz @ ` 100/- per quintal by 3rd 
March.  However on 2nd February X gives notice of his unwillingness to sell the given goods.  
Price of wheat on that date is ` 110/- per quintal.  ‘Y’ has a right to repudiate the contract on 
the same day instead of waiting for the date of performance.  On that day 2nd February, he is 
entitled to recover damages of ` 10/-  per quintal this being the difference between market 
price and contracted price.  If on the other hand, he chooses to wait till 3rd March and the price 
on that date is ` 125/-, he can recover damages @ ` 25/- per quintal.  The third possibility is 
that if between 2nd February and 3rd March, Government prohibits sale of wheat, then the 
contract becomes void and Y will not be able to recover any damage whatsoever.  Hence from 
this illustration it would be clear that when the promisee postpones his right to repudiate the 
promise, it would operate to the advantage of the promisor also depending on circumstances. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.64 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
1.37 Actual Breach of Contract 
Where one of the parties breaches the contract by refusing to perform the promise on due 
date, it is known as actual breach of contract.  In such a case the other party to contract 
obtains a right of action against the one who breached the contract. 
1.38 Measurement of Damages 
In cases where there is a breach of contract, the promisor who breaches is liable to pay 
compensation for damages suffered by the promisee.  The compensation can be classified as:  
(i) those for damages that usually arise in the event of breach of contract and 
(ii) those for damages which parties know and anticipated at the time of entering into the 
contract called special damages.  This kind of special damages can be claimed only on 
previous notice. 
However no compensation is payable for any remote or any indirect loss. While assessing the 
damage the inconvenience caused to the aggrieved party on account of non-performance 
should be assessed carefully, as the party entitled for compensation, he has a duty to take 
steps to minimise the loss. 
The rules relating to compensation were enunciated in detail in Hadley vs. Baxendale (1854) 9 
Ex. 341.  In this case, the mill of the plaintiff had to be stopped because of a broken crank 
shaft.  The plaintiff sent the crank shaft as a pattern for manufacturing a new one.  Till the 
arrival of the new crank shaft, the mill could not be resumed.  Hence mill incurred losses.  
However this position was not properly conveyed to the defendant, the carrier.  There were 
some delay on the part of the defendant in delivering the crank shaft to the manufacturer 
which in turn delayed the reopening of the mill.  As a result of this, there were losses to the 
mill.  The defendant claimed compensation for loss in profit of the mill.  However this was not 
accepted by court on the ground the plaintiff did not explain to defendant that delay in 
delivering the crank shaft would delay resumption of the mill and this would result in losses to 
the plaintiff. 
Madras High Court in Madras Railway Company vs. Govind Ram, Mad. 176 upheld the same 
principle as above.  In that case a tailor had given his sewing machine to railways to be 
delivered at a station as a consignment.  He did not mention that any delay in delivering the 
sewing machine would result in damages for the business of the tailor as he had planned to do 
good business at the place proposed where a festival was to be held.  The sewing machine 
was delivered after the festival was over. Held Railways were not responsible for the damages 
as the Railway authorities were not informed of the specific purpose of delivery of the sewing 
machine namely business during a festival. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.65 
1.39 Liability for Damages 
The liability to pay damages is of four kinds.  They are: 
(i) liability for special damages 
(ii) liability for exemplary damages 
(iii) liability to pay nominal damages and 
(iv) liability to pay damages for deterioration caused by delay. 
Now let us discuss each one of them- 
(i) Liability for special damages: Where it is understood between parties that in the event 
of breach of contract, there would be special damages also in addition to normal damages, 
then special damages would be payable.  In our given example above if the tailor had 
informed about the special circumstances, special damages would have become payable. 
(ii) Liability for exemplary damages: These situations may arise mainly in two cases 
namely (i) breach of promise to marry and (ii) wrongful dishonour of cheques of customer by 
bank. 
In case of breach of promise to marry the damages are awarded taking into account the injury 
or humiliation which the aggrieved person would have suffered. 
In case of wrongful dishonour of cheques the damages would depend upon the loss of credit 
and reputation suffered by the customer.  The damages could be very heavy if loss had been 
suffered by a businessman, when compared to a non-businessman customer.  For example 
Mrs. G, a non-trader paid a cheque for £90 and 16 shillings drawn on Westminster Bank to her 
landlord for rent. The cheque was dishonoured by the bank.  But she was awarded damages 
of only 40 shilling as nominal damages. [Gibbons vs. Westminster Bank (1939) 2 K.B. 882] 
Similarly where the value of cheque is small the damages could be very heavy in comparison 
to a situation where the value of cheque is heavy.  This is on the theory that dishonour of a 
small value of cheque would cause more damages to the honour of the customer. 
(iii) Liability to pay nominal damages: Nominal damages are awarded in those cases of 
breach of contract where no damage has been suffered.  Such damages are awarded only to 
establish the right to decree for breach of contract.  Such damages are for nominal amounts 
like ten rupees or even ten paise. 
(iv) Damages for deterioration caused by delay: Compensation can be recovered even 
without notice for damages or ‘deterioration’ caused to goods on account of delay by carriers 
amounting to breach of contract.  Here the word “deterioration” means not only physical 
damages but also loss of opportunity.  In Wilson vs. Lancashire and Yorkshire Railway 
Company 50 LJCP 232, the plaintiff bought velvet with a view to making it into caps for sale 
during spring. But due to delay in transit, he was unable to use the velvet for making caps for 
sale during season. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.66 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
It was held that the fall in value of sale of cloth in consequence of the same having arrived 
after the season amounted to deterioration.  It was here held that the plaintiff is entitled for 
compensation without notice. 
1.40 How to Calculate the Damage 
In case of a contract for sale of good- ,(i) where the buyer breaks the contract, the damages 
would be the difference between contract price and market price as on the date of breach.  (ii) 
where the seller breaks the contract, the buyer can recover the difference between market 
price and contract price as on date of breach.  
Where if the seller retains the goods after the contract has been broken by the buyer- there 
the seller cannot recover from the buyer any further loss even if the market falls.  Again he is 
not liable to have the damages reduced if the market rises.   
In  Jamal vs. Mulla Dawood (1961) 43.I.A. 6, the defendant agreed to purchase from the 
plaintiff, certain shares on December 30, but wrongfully rejected them when tendered on date.  
The difference between the contract price and market price amounted to ` 1,09,218; the 
plaintiff recovered a part of the loss by selling those shares in a rising market and the actual 
loss amounted to ` 79,882.  The plaintiff, however, sued the defendant claiming ` 1,09,218 as 
damages and the Privy Council allowed the claim in full. 
Duty to mitigate loss: The person who suffers losses on account of breach of contract by the 
other party must take all reasonable steps to mitigate the loss. 
1.41 Compensation for Breach of Contract where the Penalty is 
 stipulated for 
The compensation for breach of contract falls into two broad categories namely liquidated 
damage and penalty. 
Liquidated damage is a genuine pre-estimate of compensation for damages for certain 
anticipated breach of contract.  This estimate is agreed to between parties to avoid at a later 
date detailed calculations and the necessity to convince outside parties. 
Penalty on the other hand is an extravagant amount stipulated and is clearly unconscionable 
and has no comparison to the loss suffered by the parties. 
In terms of Section 74 of the Act “where a contract has been broken, if a sum is named in the 
contract as the amount to be paid in case of such breach, or if the contract contains any other 
stipulation by way of penalty, the party complaining of the breach, can claim whether or not 
actual damages or loss is proved to have been caused thereby, from the other party, a 
reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount so named, or as the case may be the 
penalty stipulated for. 
Any stipulation for payment of increased interest is a stipulation for payment of penalty which 
has to be paid. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.67 
In terms of Section 74, courts are empowered to reduce the sum payable on breach whether it 
is ‘penalty’ or “liquidated damages” provided the sum appears to be unreasonably high. 
Supreme Court in Sri Chunni Lal vs. Mehta & Sons Ltd. A.I.R.1962 S.C. 1314 laid down the 
ratio that the aggrieved party should not be allowed to claim a sum greater than what is 
specific in the written agreement.  But even there the court has powers to reduce the amount if 
it considers it reasonable to reduce. 
Liquidated damages and penalty:  Following are the important differences between 
liquidated damages and penalty. 
Liquidated damages 
Penalty 
Imposed by way of compensation 
Imposed by way of punishment 
It is an assessed amount of loss based on 
actual or probable calculation 
It is not based  on actuals or probables.  It 
is imposed to prevent parties from 
committing the breach. 
English Law recognizes the difference 
between the two 
(liquidated damages & 
penalty) 
Section 74 of the act does not recognize 
any difference between the two(liquidated 
damages & penalty) 
Apart from claiming damages for breach of contract, the following other remedies are also 
available. 
(i) Rescission of contract; Where one party breaches the contract, the other party can 
treat it as rescinded.  In this case the other party is absolved of his obligation and is entitled to 
compensation for damages which he suffered. 
(ii) Suit upon quantum meruit: The phrase ‘quantum meruit’ literally means “as much as 
earned” or “according to the quantity of work done”. A person who has begun a civil contract 
work and has to later stop the work because the other party has made the performance 
impossible, is entitled to receive compensation on the principle of ‘Quantum Meruit’. 
Following are instances where ‘quantum meruit’ may arise: 
(a) Where the work has been done and accepted under a contract which is subsequently 
discovered to be void.  In such a case, the person who has performed his part of the 
contract is entitled to recover the amount for the work done and the party, who receives 
and accepts the benefit under such contract, must make compensation to the other party. 
(b) Where a person does some act or delivers something to another person with the 
intention of receiving payment, the other person is bound to make payment if he accepts 
such services or goods or enjoys the benefits. 
(c) Where the contract is divisible and where a party performs a part of the contract and 
refuses to perform the remaining part, the party in default may sue the other party who 
enjoyed the benefit of the part performance. 
(iii) Suit for specific performance: Where damages are not an adequate remedy in the 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.68 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
case of breach of contract, the court may in its discretion on a suit for specific 
performance direct the party in breach, to carry out his promise according to the terms of 
the contract. 
Key Points 
♦ Breach of contract means failure or refusal of any one party to perform his contractual 
obligations under the contract. It is either actual or anticipatory breach of contract.  
♦ Actual Breach-Failure/refusal of any one party to perform his contractual obligations 
under the contract when it is due. Here the contract is voidable. 
♦ Anticipatory breach of contract-  Where the promisor refuses to perform his obligation 
even before the specified time for performance and signifies his unwillingness, then there 
is an anticipatory breach. Here the aggrieved party may immediately treat the contract 
voidable or wait till the time when the performance is due. 
♦ Aggrieved party has following remedies on the breach of contract-  Rescission of the 
contract, suit for damages, suit for quantum meruit, specific performance and for 
injunction. 
♦ Rescission- Cancellation of a contract by the consent of all parties/ by aggrieved party. 
♦ Damages- Monetary compensation payable to the injured party for the loss due to breach 
of contract by the defaulted party. 
♦ Liquidated Damages-Pre-estimated amount of a damges that are mentioned in a contract 
and are paid on the breach of contract. 
♦ Penalty-Amount specified in a contract which is high and disproportionate from the 
amount of damages in the event of its breach. This amount is paid as of punishment to 
avoid the breach of contract. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.69 
UNIT – 6: CONTINGENT AND SPECIAL CONTRACTS 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to - 
♦ Have clarity about the basic characteristics of 'Contingent contract' and 'Quasi-contract' 
so that you are able to distinguish between a contract of any of these types and a simple 
contract. 
♦ Be familiar with the rules relating to enforcement of these in order to gain an 
understanding of rights and obligations of the parties to the contract. 
In this unit we shall briefly examine 
(a) ‘Contingent contracts’ and the rules regarding their enforceability and  
(b) Quasi contracts 
1.42 Contingent Contract 
In terms of Section 31 of the Act contingent contract is a contract to do or not to do something, 
if some event collateral to such contract does or does not happen. Contracts of indemnity and 
contracts of insurance fall under this category. 
For instance if ‘A’ contracts to pay ‘B’ ` 100000/- if B’s house is destroyed by fire then it is a 
contingent contract. 
Essentials of a contingent contract 
(a) The performance of a contingent contract would depend upon the happening or non-
happening of some event or condition.  The condition may be precedent or subsequent  
(b) The event referred to is collateral to the contract.  The event is not part of the contract.  
The event should be neither performance promised nor a consideration for a promise. 
Where ‘A’ agrees to deliver 100 bags of wheat and ‘B’ agrees to pay after delivery, this is 
a conditional contract and not a contingent contract.  Similarly where ‘A’ promises to pay 
‘B’ ` 10000/- if he marries ‘C’ is not a contingent contract but a conditional contract. 
(c) The contingent event should not be a mere ‘will’ of the promisor.  The event should be 
contingent in addition to being the will of the promisor. 
For example if ‘A’ promises to pay ‘B’ ` 10000/- if ‘A’ left for Delhi from Mumbai on a particular 
day, it is a contingent contract because though ‘A’s leaving for Delhi is his own will, it cannot 
happen only at his will. 
1.43 Rules Relating to Enforcement 
The rules relating to enforcement of a contingent contract are laid down in sections 32, 33, 34 
and 36 of the Act.   
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.70 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(a) Contingency is the “happening of an event”:  Where a contract identifies happening 
of a future contingent event, the contract cannot be enforced until and unless the event 
‘happens’.  If the happening of the event becomes impossible, then the contingent contract is 
void.  For instance ‘X’ enters into a contract to buy ‘Y’s car provided ‘Y’ survives ‘A’. Here ‘Y’ 
surviving ‘A’ or ‘A’ dying before ‘Y’ is the event on which the contract is contingent and they 
cannot be enforced until ‘A’ dies. 
(b) Contingency is the non-happening of an event:  Where a contingent contract is made 
contingent on a non-happening of an event, it can be enforced only when its happening 
becomes impossible.  For example where ‘P’ agrees to pay ‘Q’ a sum of money if a particular 
ship does not return, the contract becomes enforceable only if the ship sinks so that it cannot 
return. 
(c) Contingent on the future conduct of a living person: A contract would cease to be 
enforceable if it is contingent upon the conduct of a living person when that living person does 
some thing to make the ‘event’ or ‘conduct’ as impossible of happening.  For example where 
‘A’ agrees to pay ‘B’ a sum of money if ‘A’ marries ‘C’.  ‘C’ marries ‘D’. This act of ‘C’ has 
rendered the event of ‘A’ marrying ‘C’ as impossible; it is though possible if there is divorce 
between ‘C’ and ‘D’. 
(d) Contingent on an impossible event: A contingent agreement to do a thing or not to do 
a thing if an impossible event happens is void and hence is not obviously enforceable.  The 
situation would not change even if the parties to the agreement are not aware of such 
impossibility. ‘A’ agrees to pay ‘B’ ` one lakh if sun rises in the west next morning.  This is an 
impossible event and hence void. 
Difference between a contingent contract and a wagering contract 
1. A wagering agreement is a promise to give money or money’s worth with reference to an 
uncertain event happening or not happening.   
A contingent contract is a contract to do or not to do something with reference to a 
collateral event happening or not happening. 
2. A wagering agreement consists of reciprocal promises whereas a contingent contract 
may not contain reciprocal promises. 
3. In a wagering contract the uncertain event is the core factor whereas in a contingent 
contract the event is collateral. 
4. A wagering agreement is essentially contingent in nature whereas a contingent contract 
may not be wagering in nature. 
5. In a wagering agreement, the contracting parties have no interest in the subject matter 
whereas it is not so in a contingent contract. 
6. A wagering contract is a game, losing and gaining alone matters whereas it is not so in a 
contingent contract. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.71 
7. A wagering agreement is void where as a contingent contract is valid. 
Key Points 
♦ A contract may be either absolute or contingent.  
♦ Contingent contract-  Where the promisor undertakes to perform the contract which is 
depended on the happening/ non-happenning of a specified future uncertain event, which 
is collateral to the contract. Also termed as conditional contract because of its uncertain 
nature. 
♦ Contract of indemnity, guarantee and insurance are contingent contracts, even LIC to a 
certain extent is contingent contract. 
♦ All wagering agreements are basically contingent agreements but all  the contingent 
contracts are not wagering agreements. 
1.44 Quasi – Contracts 
Even in the absence of a contract, certain social relationships give rise to certain specific 
obligations to be performed by certain persons.  These are known as quasi contracts as they 
create same obligations as in the case of regular contract. 
Quasi contracts are based on principles of equity, justice and good conscience. 
Salient features of quasi contracts are: 
(a) In the first place, such a right is always a right to money and generally, though not 
always, to a liquidated sum of money. 
(b) Secondly, it does not arise from any agreement of the parties concerned, but it imposed 
by the law; and 
(c) Thirdly, it is a right which is available not against all the world, but against a particular 
person or persons only, so that in this respect it resembles a contractual right. 
1.45 Types of Quasi Contract 
There are five circumstances which are identified by the Act as quasi contracts.  These five 
circumstances do not result in regular contracts. 
(a) Claim for necessaries supplied to persons incapable of contracting: Any person 
supplying necessaries of life to persons who are incapable of contracting is entitled to claim 
the price from the other person’s property.  Similarly where money is paid to such persons for 
purchase of necessaries, reimbursement can be claimed. 
For example if ‘A’ supplies necessaries of life to ‘B’ a lunatic or to his wife or child whom ‘B’ is 
liable to protect and maintain, then ‘A’ can claim the price from the property of ‘B’. For such 
claim to be valid ‘A’ should prove the supplies were to the actual requirements of ‘B’ and his 
dependents.  No claim for supplies of luxury articles can be made. If ‘B’ has no property ‘A’ 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.72 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
obviously cannot make his claim. 
(b) Right to recover money paid for another person:  A person who has paid a sum of 
money which another is obliged to pay, is entitled to be reimbursed by that other person 
provided the payment has been made by him to protect his own interest. 
Here the person who makes the payment must honestly believe that his own interest demands 
payment.  [Muni Bibi vs. Trilokinath].   
In a case the plaintiff agreed to purchase certain mills and to save it from being sold to 
outsiders paid certain arrears of municipal dues.  Here the payment made by the plaintiff was 
held to be recoverable as he had interest in the property as prospective buyer. 
(c) Obligation of person enjoying benefits of non-gratuitous act: In term of section 70  
of the Act “where a person lawfully does anything for another person, or delivers anything to 
him not intending to do so gratuitously and such other person enjoys the benefit thereof, the 
latter is bound to pay compensation to the former in respect of, or to restore, the thing so done 
or delivered. 
The above can be illustrated by a case law where ‘K’ a government servant was compulsorily 
retired  by the government.  He filed a writ petition and obtained an injunction against the 
order.  He was reinstated and was paid salary but was given no work and in the mean time 
government went on appeal. The appeal was decided in favour of the government and ‘K’ was 
directed to return the salary paid to him during the period of reinstatement.  [Shyam Lal vs. 
State of U.P. A.I.R (1968) 130] 
(d) Responsibility of finder of goods: In terms of section 71 ‘A person who finds goods 
belonging to another and takes them into his custody is subject to same responsibility as if he 
were a bailee’. 
Thus a finder of lost goods has:  
(i) to take proper care of the property as men of ordinary prudence would take 
(ii) no right to appropriate the goods and  
(iii) to restore the goods if the owner is found. 
Where ‘P’ a   customer in ‘D’s shop puts down a brooch worn on  her coat and forgets to pick 
it up and one of ‘D’s assistants finds it and  puts it in a drawer over the week end.  On 
Monday, it was discovered to be missing.  ‘D’ was held to be liable in the absence of ordinary 
care which a prudent man would have taken. 
(e) Liability for money paid or thing delivered by mistake or by coercion: In terms of 
Section 72 of the Act, “a person to whom money has been paid or any thing delivered by 
mistake or under coercion, must repay or return it. Every kind of payment of money or delivery 
of goods for every type of ‘mistake’ is recoverable.  [Shivprasad vs Sirish Chandra A.I.R. 1949 
P.C. 297] 
A payment of municipal tax made under mistaken belief or because of mis- understanding of 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.73 
the terms of lease can be recovered from municipal authorities.  The above law was affirmed 
by Supreme Court in cases of Sales tax officer vs. Kanhaiyalal A.I.R.1959 S.C.835 
Similarly any money paid by coercion is also recoverable.  The word coercion is not 
necessarily governed by section 15 of the Act.  The word is interpreted to mean and include 
oppression, extortion, or such other means [Seth Khanjelek vs National Bank of India].   
In a case where ‘T’ was traveling without ticket in a tram car and on checking he was asked to 
pay  ` 5/-  as penalty to compound transaction.  T filed a suit against the corporation for 
recovery  on the ground that it was extorted from him.  The suit was decreed in his favour.  
[Trikamdas vs. Bombay Municipal Corporation A.I.R.1954] 
In all the above cases the contractual liability arose without any agreement between the 
parties. 
Key Points 
♦ Quasi contracts / Constructive contracts are the contract presumed by law. These are the 
contracts which are imposed by law and the Act describes such contract as “Certain 
relations resembling those created by contracts”. 
♦ Quasi contract may be exercised under following five conditions- 
  - Necessaries of life supplied to incapable person and to his dependents. 
  - Person pays money on behalf of the one, who is legally bound to pay. 
  - Person enjoying the benefits of non-gratuitous act. 
  - Person finds goods belonging to other. 
  -Person to whom money has been paid or anything delivered by mistake or under 
   coercion. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.74 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
UNIT – 7 : CONTRACT OF INDEMNITY AND GUARANTEE 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to – 
♦ Be conversant with the two special type of contracts i.e. Indemnity contracts and 
Guarantee contracts and also the nature of obligations and rights of each of the parties to 
the contracts. 
♦ Be clear about distinction between these contracts. 
Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee are the special types of contracts given under sections 
124 to 147 of the Indian Contract Act,1872. 
In this unit, the law relating to indemnity and guarantee are disscused. 
1.46 Contract of Indemnity 
In terms of Section  124 of the Act, ‘a contract by which one party promises to save the other 
from loss caused to him by the conduct of the promisor himself or the conduct of any person is 
called a “contract of indemnity”.  This is also a known as typical form of contingent contract. 
There are two parties in this form of contract. The party who promises to indemnify/ 
save the other party from loss is known as ‘indemnifier’, where as the party who is 
promised to be saved against the loss is known as ‘indemnified’. 
For  examples, (1) A may contract to indemnify B against the consequences of any 
proceedings which C may take against B in respect of a sum of ` 5000/- advanced by C to B.  
In consequence, when B who is called upon to pay the sum of money to C fails to do so, C 
would be able to recover the amount from A as provided in Section 124. 
(2) X, a shareholder of a company lost his share certificate. He applied for the duplicate. 
The company agreed to issue the same on the term that X will compensate the company 
against the loss where any holder produces the original  certificate.  Here there is 
contract of indemnity between X and the company. 
In a contract of indemnity, the promisee i.e., indemnity- holder acting within the scope of his 
authority is entitled to recover from the promisor i.e., indemnifier the following rights: 
(a) all damages which he may be compelled to pay in any suit 
(b) all costs which he may have been compelled to pay in bringing/ defending the suit and 
(c) all sums which he may have paid under the terms of any compromise of suit 
It may be understood that the rights contemplated under section 125 are not exhaustive. The 
indemnity holder/ indemnified has other rights besides those mentioned above.  If he has 
incurred a liability and that liability is absolute, he is entitled to call upon his indemnifier to 
save him from the liability and to pay it off. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.75 
1.47 Contract of Guarantee  
A contract of guarantee is a contract to perform the promise made or discharge liability 
incurred by a third person in case of his default (Section 126).  
There are three parties in a contract of guarantee. Surety-  person who gives the 
guarantee, Principal debtor- person in respect of whose default the guarantee is given, 
Creditor- person to whom the gurantee is given. 
Any guarantee given may be oral or written. 
For examples, (1) where ‘A’ obtains housing loan from LIC Housing and if ‘B’ promises to pay 
LIC Housing in the event of ‘A’ failing to repay, it is a contract of guarantee. 
(2)X and Y go into a car showroom where X says to the dealer to supply latest model of 
zen to Y. In case of his failure to pay, he will be paying for it. This is a contract of 
guarantee because X promises to discharge the liability of Y in case of his defaults. 
The principle of implied promise to indemnify surety(one who gives guarantee) is contained in 
Section 145 of the Act which provides that ‘in every contract of guarantee there is an implied 
promise by the principal debtor to indemnify the surety and the surety is entitled to recover 
from the principal debtor whatever sum he has rightfully paid under the guarantee but no sum 
which he has wrongfully paid. 
The right of surety is not affected by the fact that the creditor has refused to sue the principal 
debtor or that he has not demanded the sum due from him. 
What constitutes consideration in a case of guarantee is an important issue and is laid down in 
Section 127 of the Act.  As per Section 127 of the Act “anything done or any promise made for 
the benefit of the principal debtor may be sufficient consideration to the surety for giving the 
guarantee. 
For example ‘A’ had advanced money to ‘B’ on a bond hypothecating B’s property stating that 
C is the surety for any balance that might remain due after realization of B’s property.  C was 
not a party to the bond.  He, however signed a separate surety bond two days subsequent to 
the advance of the money.  It was held that the subsequent surety bond was void for want of 
consideration(Nanak Ram vs. Mehinlal 1877, I Allahabad 487). 
1.48 Nature of Surety’s Liability 
As per Section 128 of the Act, the liability of the surety is co-extensive with that of the principal 
debtor unless it is otherwise provided by the contract. Thus it can be seen:  
(i) the liability of surety is the same as that of principal debtor 
(ii) where a debtor cannot be held liable on account of any defect in the document, the 
liability of the surety also ceases 
(iii) surety’s liability continues even if the principal debtor has not been sued or is omitted 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.76 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
from being sued.  This is for the reason that the liability of the surety is separate on the 
guarantee. 
1.49 Continuing Guarantee 
A guarantee which extends to a series of transactions is called a ‘continuing 
guarantee’(Section 129).  Examples: 1. Where ‘A’ promises ‘B’ to be responsible, so long ‘B’ 
employs only ‘C’ to collect his rentals from tenants for an amount of ` 5000/-, there is a 
continuing guarantee by A to B so long ‘C’ is employed as rent collector.  In other words A 
stands a guarantor to ‘B’ for rent collected by ‘C’. 
In the continuing guarantee, the liability of surety continues till the performance or the 
discharge of all the transactions entered into or the guarantee is withdrawn. 
There are two important aspects regarding the revocation of continuing guarantee are: 
1.The first aspect is “the continuing guarantee may at any time be revoked by the surety as to 
future transactions by notice to creditors”. However no revocation is possible where a 
continuing relationship is established. For instance where ‘A’ becomes surety of ‘C’ for B’s 
conduct as manager in C’s bank and ’B’ is appointed on the faith of this guarantee, ‘A’ is 
precluded from annulling the guarantee so long as B acts as manager in C’s bank. 
2. The second aspect is upon the death of surety, the continuing guarantee is revoked for all 
future transactions in the absence of any contract to the contrary. 
1.50 Discharge of a Surety 
Sections 133 to 139 of the Act lay down the law as to when a surety would be discharged. 
These are as follows: 
(i) where there is any variance in the terms of contract between the principal debtor and 
creditor without surety’s consent it would discharge the surety in respect of all 
transactions taking place subsequent to such variance. 
Where ‘A’ stands to ‘C’ as surety for ‘B’ for rent payable by ‘B’ to ‘C’ for  ‘C’s house and if 
B & C agree on a higher rent without A’s consent, ‘A’ would stand discharged for the 
entire rent amount accruing after the date of variance. 
(ii) the surety is discharged if the principal debtor is discharged  
(a) by a contract or  
(b) any act or 
(c) any omission the result of which is the discharge of principal debtor 
For instance where ‘A’ contracts with ‘B’ to build  a house for him and if ‘C’ stands as surety 
for ‘B’, ‘C’ as surety will stand discharged if ‘A’ discharges ‘B’ of his obligation to build house.  
Yet another example could be where ‘A’ agrees to build a house for ‘B’ if ‘B’ supplies the  
necessary timber and if ‘C’ stands as surety for A’s performance.  If ‘B’ fails to supply the 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.77 
timber, both ‘A’ and ‘C’ stand discharged. 
There are certain exceptions to the above rule.  These are given hereunder: - 
(a)  A mere forbearance on the part of a creditor to sue the debtor or to enforce any other 
remedy would not discharge the surety in the absence of any specific provision. 
(b) Even where the claim is barred by limitation, surety is still responsible.  In Krishto Kishore 
vs. Radha Romun I.L.R. 12 Cal.330, the plaintiff sued the principal debtor and the surety 
for arrears of rent.  The plaintiff also made the legal representatives of the principal 
debtor a party after knowing about the death of the principal debtor to avoid the debt 
being barred by limitation.  It was held that even if debt is barred by limitation on account 
of death of principal debtor, the surety is still liable. The same view was confirmed by 
Privy Council in Mahant Singh vs U Ba Yi A.I.R 1939 P.C 110  where it was held that 
omission of the creditor to sue within the period of limitation does not discharge the 
surety. 
(iii) Where the principal debtor compounds [settles] with the creditor regarding the amount or 
promises not to sue, the surety will be discharged.  But a contract for giving time to a 
debtor is entered into with a third party, the surety will not be discharged.  Where there 
are co-sureties release of one co-surety would not automatically discharge the other co-
sureties.  Further in between other co-sureties, the released co-surety is not absolved of 
his liability vis a vis other co-sureties. 
(iv) the surety would be discharged if the creditor does anything or acts in a manner which  
(a) is inconsistent with the rights of surety and  
(b) impairs the eventual remedy of the surety.  
For example, ‘A’ puts ‘M’ as the cashier under B and agrees to stand as surety provided ‘B’ 
checks the cash every month.  ‘M’ embezzles cash.  ‘A’ was not held to be responsible as B 
failed to verify the cash every month. 
1.51 Rights of Surety against the Principal Debtor and Creditor 
After the performing of the promise or discharging of the liability of the principl debtor, 
surety acquires various rights against the parties.  
The rights of surety are contained in sections 140 and 141 of the Act.  These are 
(1) Against the principal debtor 
(a) Right of subrogation: where a guaranteed debt has become due or default of the 
principal debtor to perform a guaranteed duty has taken place, the surety upon payment 
or performance of all that he is liable for, is vested with all the rights which the creditor 
had against the principal debtor. The right of the surety is known as the right of 
subrogation namely the right to stand in the shoes of the creditor. 
(b) Right to securities: the surety is entitled to the benefit of all securities made available to 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.78 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
the creditor by the principal debtor whether the surety was aware of its existence or not. 
(c) Right to recover the amount paid/ Right to indemnity : the surety is entitled to recover 
from the principal debtor whatever sums he has rightfully paid.  In this connection the 
following principles were laid down in Reed vs. Norris 
(i) the claim of the surety is restricted to that smaller amount which he may have paid 
under  the principle of “accord and satisfaction”.  Surety is not entitled for higher 
amount than what he has paid. 
(ii) surety can also claim indemnity for any special damages which he has suffered 
while discharging his duties 
(iii) surety can claim even if he has paid a time barred debt as it is a rightful payment 
though there are contrary views on this issue. 
In all the above instances surety can claim reimbursements only if actual payments have been 
made and not where he has merely executed promissory notes.  [Panth Narayana Murthy vs. 
Marimuthu (1902) 26 Mad. 322,328] 
Where surety becomes surety without the knowledge of principal debtor, he is entitled for all 
the rights against the principal debtor but not the right to claim an indemnity against the 
principal debtor. 
(2) Sureties right against the creditor: Following are the rights of sureties against the 
creditor: 
(a)  Right of subrogation: the surety gets the right of subrogation for all payments and 
performances he is liable.  This right would accrue only when the surety has paid the 
amount of liability in full.  For example where a creditor had the right to stop the goods or 
sellers lien, surety would enjoy the same right after he has paid the amount [Imperial 
Bank vs. SL Kathereine Docks 1877 5 Ch.D] 
(b)  Right to securities: surety is entitled for all securities which the debtor has provided to 
creditor  whether surety is aware of it or not.  Where a creditor loses any of the security 
by default or negligence the liability of the surety abates proportionately.  If a creditor 
does not hand over the securities to surety he can be compelled to do so.  Classic 
examples of surety’s right are: he is entitled for all mortgage rights which the secured 
creditor has. But the surety is not entitled for any security provided subsequent to the 
contract of guarantee 
(c)  Right to sue: surety has a right to require the creditor to sue for and recover the 
guaranteed debt.  This right of surety is known as right to file a ‘Quia timet action’ against 
the debtor.  There is of course an inherent risk of having to indemnify the creditor for 
delay and expense 
(d)  Right to dismiss: surety has a right to call upon the creditor to dismiss the person from 
service if the  person whose fidelity is guaranteed by surety is persistently dishonest 
(e)  Right to claim set-off: surety has a right of set off against the principal debtor exactly as 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.79 
a creditor would have. 
(f)  Right of option on the claim of the funds: surety also can compel the creditor where 
he has claim on two funds, to resort to that fund first on which surety has no claim.   
(g)  Right to claim : surety can claim that he is not liable on the guarantee to the creditor, if 
it can be proved that principal debtor was incapable of entering into a contract, say 
because he was a minor. 
This is on the principle that the liability of the surety is co-extensive with that of the principal 
debtor.   
Guarantee when valid: Following are the circumstances when a guarantee can be treated as 
invalid. 
(i) Mis-representation: when the guarantee has been obtained by means of mis-
representation made directly by the creditor or made with his knowledge and the mis-
representation relates to a material part of the transaction.   
(ii) Silence as to material circumstances: when the creditor has obtained any guarantee 
by means of keeping silence as to material circumstances.  
 The expression “keeping silence” implies intentional concealment of a material fact, as 
distinct from a mere non-disclosure thereof.  There must exist some element of fraud.  
[Balakrishna vs. Bank of Bengal (1891) 15 Bom. 585].  Thus, A engages B as clerk to 
collect money for him and B fails to account for some of his receipts.  Thereupon, A calls 
upon B to furnish security for his duly accounting the receipts.  C gives the required 
guarantee.  A does not tell  C of the fact of a previous misappropriation  by B and 
thereafter B again makes a default.  The guarantee would be invalid. 
(iii) Failure of joining of other person as co-surety: when a contract of guarantee is 
entered into on the condition that the creditor shall not act upon it until another person 
has joined in it as co-surety and that other party fails to join as such. 
1.52 Contribution as between Co-Sureties 
As per section 146 of the Act “when two or more persons are co-sureties for the same debt, or 
duty, either jointly, or severally and whether under the same or different contracts and whether 
with or without the knowledge of each other, the co-sureties in the absence of any contract to 
the contrary, are liable, as between themselves, to pay each an equal share of the whole debt, 
or of that part of it which remains unpaid by the principal debtor”. 
A co- surety gets a right to recover from other sureties only when he has paid more than his 
share of debt to the creditor. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.80 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
Liability of two sureties is not affected by mutual arrangements : As per section 132 of 
the Act “where two persons contract with a third person to undertake a certain liability and also 
contract with each other that one of them shall be liable only on the default of the other, third 
person not being a party to such contract, the liability of each of such two persons to the third 
person under the first contract is not affected by the existence of the second contract, 
although such third person may have been aware of its existence”. 
The foregoing is the position of law applicable when the liability is undertaken jointly by two 
parties in respect of the same debt.  But it is not so when it is in respect of different debts.  For 
example, a party who accepts a Bill of Exchange for the accommodation of another would 
plead that he was the accommodating party.  This is because the liability undertaken by the 
acceptor and drawer of the bill is in no sense a joint liability.  Though they contract to pay the 
same sum of money, they contract severally in different ways and subject to different 
conditions. [Pages vs. Bank of Bengal (1877) 3 Cal. 174]. 
1.53 Distinction between a Contract of Indemnity and a Contract of 
 Guarantee 
We have in previous para learnt in detail about the contract of indemnity and a contract of 
guarantee.  Now let us analyse the differences between the two. 
(i) Number of parties: In a contract of indemnity there are only two parties namely the 
indemnifier [promisor] and the indemnified [promisee].  In a contract of guarantee there are 
three parties creditor, principal debtor and surety. 
(ii) Extent of liability: The liability of the indemnifier is primary and independent.  The 
liability of the surety is secondary as the primary liability is that of the principal debtor. 
(iii) Time of liability: The liability of the indemnifier arises only on  the happening of a 
contingency.  In the case of guarantee, liability is already in existence but specifically 
crystallizes when principal debtor fails. 
(iv) Time to Act: The indemnifier need not necessarily act at the request of indemnified. In 
case of guarantee surety must act by extending guarantee at the request of debtor. 
(v)  Right to sue third party: In case of contract of indemnity, indemnifier cannot sue a third 
party for loss in his own name as there is no privity of contract.  Such a right would arise only 
if there is an assignment in his favour. On the other hand in the case of contract of guarantee 
surety can proceed against principal debtor in his own right because he gets all the right of a 
creditor after discharging the debts. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.81 
Key Points 
♦ A contract of indemnity- A contract where one party promises to indemnify the other from 
loss caused to  him by the conduct of the promisor or by the conduct of any other person. 
♦ A contract of guarantee- A contract to perform the promise or discharge the liability of a 
third person in case of his default. 
♦ Contract of guarantee must be supported by consideration.The consideration received by 
the prinicipal debtor may be sufficient consideration to the surety for giving guarantee. 
♦ The liability of surety is co-extensive with that of principle debtor. In certain cases surety 
will be  liable though principal debtor is not liable- (i) prinicipal debtor is incompetent to 
contract.(ii) principal debtor is adjudged insolvent.(iii) the debts becomes time-barred. 
♦ Specific/ simple guarantee-Guarantee for single debt/particular transaction. 
♦ Continuing guarantee-Guarantee that extends to a series of transactions. 
♦ A contract of guarantee becomes invalid,when  -(i)  Obtained by misrepresentation (ii) 
Obtained by concealment of material facts (iii)   Co-surety does not join (iv) When 
consideration fails. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.82 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
UNIT – 8 : BAILMENT AND PLEDGE 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to – 
♦ Understand the general principles underlying contracts of bailment and pledge. 
♦ Grasp the duties and rights of the parties to the contracts. 
1.54 What is bailment? 
Bailment etymologically means ‘handing over’ or ‘change of possession’. As per Section 148 
of the Act, bailment is an act whereby goods are delivered by one person to another for some 
purpose, on a contract, that the goods shall, when the purpose is accomplished, be returned 
or otherwise disposed of according to the directions of the person delivering them.  The 
person who delivers the goods is the bailor and the person to whom the goods are delivered is 
the bailee. 
For example where ‘X’ delivers his car for repair to ‘Y’, ‘X’ is the bailor and ‘Y’ is the bailee. 
The essential characteristics of bailment are-  
(a) Bailment is based upon a contract.  Sometimes it could be implied by law as it happens 
in the case of finder of lost goods. 
(b) Bailment is only for moveable goods and never for immovable goods or money. 
(c) In bailment possession of goods changes.  Change of possession can happen by 
physical delivery or by any action which has the effect of  placing  the goods in the  
possession of bailee. 
(d) In bailment bailor continues to be the owner of goods as there is no change of ownership. 
(e) Bailee is obliged to return the goods physically to the bailor.  The bailee cannot deliver 
some other goods, even not those of higher value. 
General issues:  In bailment both custody and possession must change but not the 
ownership.  But where a person is in custody without possession he does not became a 
bailee.  For example servants of a master who are in custody of goods of the master do not 
become bailees. 
Possession and custody do not however mean physical delivery of goods.  Constructive 
delivery could also create a bailor and bailee relationship.  This arises in situations where the 
bailee is already in possession of goods but agrees to be a bailee through a contract. 
Deposit of money in a bank is not bailment since the money returned by the bank would not be 
identical currency notes.  
Similarly depositing ornaments in a bank locker is not bailment, because ornaments are kept 
in a locker whose key are still with the owner and not with the bank.  The ornaments are in 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.83 
possession of the owner though kept in a locker at the bank. 
Different forms of Bailment: Following are the popular forms of bailment 
(1) Delivery of goods by one person to another to be held for the bailor’s use. 
(2) Goods given to a friend for his own use without any charge 
(3) Hiring of goods. 
(4) Delivering goods to a creditor to serve as security for a loan. 
(5) Delivering goods for repair with or without remuneration. 
(6) Delivering goods for carriage. 
1.55 Bailor’s Duties and Rights 
Duties of Bailor: The duties of bailor are spelt out in a number of Sections.  These are 
enumerated hereunder: 
(i) the bailor must disclose all defects/faults in the goods bailed.  If the bailor does not 
disclose, he would be responsible for any loss or damage suffered by the bailee while 
keeping the goods in his custody.  The bailor is particularly responsible for defects in 
goods hired to bailee whether bailor was aware of such defects or not. 
(ii)  where the bailment is gratuitous, the bailor must reimburse the bailee for any expenditure 
incurred in keeping the goods. 
(iii) the bailor should reimburse any expense which the bailee may incur by way of loss in the 
process of returning the goods or complying with other directions for returning the goods. 
(iv) the bailor must compensate the bailee for the loss or damage suffered by the bailee that 
is in excess of the benefit received, where he had lent the goods gratuitously and 
decides to terminate the bailment before the expiry of the period of bailment. 
(v) the bailor is bound to accept the goods after the purpose is accomplished.  If bailor fails, 
he is responsible for any loss or damage to the goods and has to reimburse for expenses 
incurred by the bailee for keeping the goods safely. 
Rights of Bailor: The following are the rights of bailor: 
(1)   Bailor has a right to enforce the duties of the bailee such as - 
(a) right to claim damages for loss caused to the goods by the negligence of bailee; 
(b) right to claim compensation for loss caused by an unauthorized use of the goods 
bailed; 
(c) right to claim damages arising out of mixing the goods of the bailor with his own 
goods.   
(2) Bailor has a right to terminate the contract if the bailee does anything which is 
inconsistent with the conditions of bailment.  For example ‘A’ lets on hire his horse to ‘B’ 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.84 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
for his own riding but ‘B’ uses the horse for driving his carriage.  ‘A’ has a right to 
terminate the contract of bailment. 
(3) Bailor in the case of gratuitous bailment has a right to demand the goods back even 
before the expiry of the period of bailment.  If in the process, loss is caused to the bailee, 
bailor is bound to compensate. 
(4) Bailor has a right to claim the increase or profit from the goods bailed which may have 
occurred from the goods value.  For example where ‘A’ bails his cow to ‘B’ and if the cow 
gives birth to a calf, ‘B’ is bound to return the cow and the calf to ‘A’. 
1.56 Care to be taken by Bailee 
The bailee is bound to take as much care of the goods bailed to him as a man of ordinary 
prudence with regard to quantity, bulk and value would take. 
In such a case he will not be responsible, in the absence of special contract, for any special 
loss or destruction or deterioration of the goods bailed, since he has taken as much care as a 
man of ordinary prudence. 
For example if X bails his ornaments to ‘Y’ and ‘Y’ keeps these ornaments in his own locker at 
his house along with his own ornaments and if all the ornaments are lost/stolen in a  riot ‘Y’ 
will not be responsible for the loss to ‘X’.  If on the other hand ‘X’ specifically instructs ‘Y’ to 
keep them in a bank, but ‘Y’ keeps them at his residence, then ‘Y’ would  be responsible for 
the loss [caused on account of riot]. 
Bailee has right to terminate: The bailee has the right to terminate a contract of bailment if 
the bailor does any thing inconsistent with bailment conditions. 
1.57 Duties and Rights of a Bailee. 
In addition to the two important duties of having to take care of the goods bailed and being 
responsible for loss/injury/damage to goods, bailee has other following duties under the Act. 
(i) Bailee has no right to make unauthorized use of goods bailed 
(ii) Bailee has no right to mix the goods bailed with his own goods without the consent of the 
bailor. 
(iii) Bailee has to return the goods on expiration of period of bailment 
(iv) Bailee has a duty to return any extra profit accruing from goods bailed.  Where A bails his 
cow to ‘B’ and if the cow gives birth to a calf, ‘B’ must return both the cow and the calf to 
‘A’ 
(v) Bailee has duty not to do anything inconsistent with the condition of bailment. 
Rights of bailee: The bailee has the following rights [These rights are also the duties of the 
bailor]- 
(i) to claim compensation for any loss arising from non-dislosure of known defects in the 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.85 
goods 
(ii) to claim indemnification for any loss or damage as a result of defective title. 
(iii) to deliver back the goods to joint bailors according to the agreement or directions 
(iv) to deliver the goods back to the bailor whether or not the bailor has the right to the --
goods 
(v) to exercise his ‘right of lien’. This right of lien is a right to retain the goods and is 
exercisable where charges due in respect of goods retained have not been paid.  The 
right of lien is a particular lien for the reason that the bailee can retain only these goods 
for which the bailee has to receive his fees/remuneration. 
(vi) to take action against third parties if that party wrongfully denies the bailee of his right to 
use the goods 
Suit by bailor & bailee against wrong doers 
Both bailor and bailee have right to sue a third party  who has deprived the bailee to the use 
or possession of goods bailed.  Any relief obtained against such deprivation or injury can be 
shared between the bailor and bailee according to their respective interest. 
1.58 Rights and Duties of Finder of Goods 
We have already seen in an earlier study unit, that the duties of ‘finder of lost goods’ are that 
of the bailee.  Such a ‘finder of lost goods’  is as good as a bailee and he enjoys all the rights 
and carries all the responsibilities of a bailee. 
Apart from the above, the ‘finder of lost goods’ can ask for reimbursement for expenditure 
incurred for preserving the goods but also for searching the true owner.  If the real owner 
refuses to pay compensation, the ‘finder’ cannot sue but retain the goods so found. 
Further where the real owner has announced any reward, the finder is entitled to receive the 
reward.  The right to collect the reward is a primary and a superior right even more than the 
right to seek reimbursement of expenditure. 
Lastly the finder though has no right to sell the goods found in the normal course, he may sell 
the goods if the real owner cannot be found with reasonable efforts or if the owner refuses to 
pay the lawful charges subject to the following conditions: 
a) when the article is in danger of perishing and losing the greater part of the value or  
b) when the lawful charges of the finder amounts to two-third or more of the value of the 
article found. 
1.59 General Lien and Particular Lien 
A general lien is the right to retain the property of another for a general balance of account.  In 
contract the particular lien is the right to retain the particular goods bailed for non-payment of 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.86 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
charges/remuneration. 
Bankers, factors, wharfingers, policy brokers and attorneys of law have a general lien in 
respect of goods which come into their possession during the course of their profession. 
For instance a banker enjoys the right of a general lien on cash, cheques, bills of exchange 
and securities deposited with him for any amounts due to him.  For instance ‘A’ borrows  
` 500/- from the bank without security and subsequently again borrows another ` 1000/- but 
with security of say certain jewellery.  In this illustration, even where ‘A’ has returned ` 1000/- 
being the second loan, the banker can retain the jewellery given as security to the second loan 
towards the first loan which is yet to be repaid. 
Under the right of general lien the goods cannot be sold but can only be retained for dues.  
The right of lien can be waived through a contract. 
Interestingly, Chartered Accountants have a general lien against the books of their clients 
which come into their possession against professional fees not paid to them by those clients. 
Particular lien: In accordance with the purpose of bailment if the bailee by his skill or labour 
improves the goods bailed, he is entitled for remuneration for such services.  Towards such 
remuneration, the bailee can retain the goods bailed if the bailor refuses to pay the 
remuneration.  Such a right to retain the goods bailed is the right of particular lien.  He 
however does not have the right to sue. 
Where the bailee delivers the goods without receiving his remuneration, he has a right to sue 
the bailor.  In such a case the particular lien  may be waived.  The particular lien is also lost if 
the bailee does not complete the work within the time agreed. 
Difference between general lien and particular lien: The difference between the two can be 
summarised as follows: 
General lien 
Particular lien 
It is a right to detain/retain any goods of the 
bailor for general balance of account 
outstanding 
It is a right exercisable only on such goods in 
respect of which charges are due. 
A general lien is not automatic but is 
recognized 
through on agreement.  It is 
exercised by the bailee only by name 
It is automatic 
It can be exercised against goods even 
without involvement of labour or skill. 
It comes into play only when some labour or 
skill is involved 
Bankers, factors, wharfingers, policy brokers 
etc. are entitled to general lien 
Bailee,  finder of goods, pledgee, unpaid 
seller, agent, partner etc are entitled to 
particular lien 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.87 
Key Points 
♦ Bailment-Delivery of goods by one person to another for some purpose upon a contract 
that they shall be returned after the purpose is over or disposed off according to the 
directions of the person delivering them. 
♦ Bailor- Person who delivers goods for bailment. 
♦ Bailee- Person to whom goods are delivered under the contract of bailment. 
♦ Depositing currency notes in a bank- It is not a bailment as currency notes or moneys are 
not goods as per the definition of goods given under the Sale of Goods Act,1930 and 
also no same notes is returned to the depositor by the bank. 
♦ Keeping of ornaments/valuables in a bank  locker-  It’s not a bailment as there is no 
transfer of possession of ornaments or valuables. 
♦ Gratuitous bailment- No consideration passes between the bailor and the bailee and the 
bailor is not responsible for the damages in respect of the faults which were not known to 
him.  
1.60 Pledge 
Pledge is a variety or specie of bailment.  It is bailment of goods as security for payment of 
debt or performance of a promise.  The person who pledges[or bails] is known as pledgor or 
also as pawnor, the bailee is known as pledgee or also as pawnee.  In pledge, there is no 
change in ownership of the property. Under exceptional circumstances, the pledgee has a 
right to sell the property pledged. Section 172 to 182 of the Indian Contract Act,1872 deal 
specifically with the bailment of pledge. 
For  example: A lends a money to B in lieu of  a jewellary deposited by B as security to 
A.  This bailment of jewellary is a pledge as security for lending the money. B is  a 
pawnor and the A is a pawnee. 
Let us now examine the essentials of pledge and rights of pawnee and pawnor. 
Essentials of contract of pledge: 
There must be bailment for security for payment of debt/ performance of  a promise. 
Goods must be the subject matter of the contract of pledge. 
The goods pledged must be in existence. 
There must be a delivery of goods from pawnor to pawnee 
Pawnee’s rights 
(a) Right of retainer: Pawnee has right to retain the goods pledged not only for payment of 
debt or performance of a promise but also for recovery of debts and all expenses incurred for 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.88 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
preservation of goods pledged.  Where ‘M’ pledges stock of goods for certain loan from a 
bank, the bank has a right to retain the stock not only for adjustment of the loan but also for 
payment of interest. 
(b) Right to retention to subsequent debts:  Pawnee has a right to retain the goods 
pledged towards subsequent advances as well, however subject to such right being 
specifically contemplated in the contract. 
(c) Right to seek reimbursement of extraordinary expenses:  Pawnee has a right to seek 
reimbursement of extraordinary expenses incurred.  However his right to retain the goods shall 
not extend to such extraordinary expenses but is restricted to ordinary expenses. 
(d) Right to sue: In the event of pawnor failing to redeem the debt or perform the promise, 
the pawnee has a right to sue the goods which he has retained.  He can in the alternative, 
under certain circumstances, sell the goods after giving a reasonable notice, to the pledgor.  
The two rights namely the right to sue and the right to sell are alternative rights and not 
cumulative rights. 
Rights of a pawnor 
(a) Right to redeem: Pawnor has a basic right to redeem the goods pledged by performing 
his promise. 
(b) Right to sue:  Pawnor has a right to sue, but within a period of 3 years in view of 
provision of Limitation Act only in the event of pawnee refusing to return the goods even after 
payment of debt etc. 
(c) Right to take care of the goods: Pawnor has a right to demand a pawnee to take all 
reasonable care and preservation of the goods pledged. 
(d) Right to receive increase or profit from the goods: Pawnor is entitled to receive the 
increase or profit from the goods if there is any increase/profit relating to it during the 
pledged period 
1.61 Pledge by Mercantile Agents 
Though generally only a owner of goods can pledge, the Act recognizes the right of certain 
mercantile agents to pledge provided it is done with the consent of the owner of the goods.  
Such a pledge done in the ordinary course of business is valid.  Pledge in this case can be 
effected through pledge of documents like a bill of lading or a railway receipt etc. 
1.62 Distinction between Bailment and Pledge 
There are three distinctions between bailment and pledge.  These are 
(a) As to purpose: Pledge is a variety of bailment.  Under pledge goods are bailed as a 
security for a loan or a performance of a promise.  In regular bailment the goods are bailed for 
other purpose than the two referred above.  The bailee takes them for repairs, safe custody 
etc. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.89 
(b) As to right of sale: The pledgee enjoys the right to sell only on default by the pledgor to 
repay the debt or perform his promise, that too only after giving due notice.  In bailment the 
bailee, generally, cannot sell the goods.  He can either retain or sue for non-payment of dues. 
(c) As to right of using goods:  Pledgee has a right to use goods.  A bailee can, if the 
terms so provide, use the goods. 
(d) Consideration: In pledge there is always a consideration whereas in a bailment 
there may or may not be consideration. 
(e) Discharge of contract: Plegde is discharged on the payment of debt or 
performance of promise whereas bailment is discharged as the purpose is 
accomplished or after specified time. 
Key Points 
♦ Pledge- Bailment of goods as security for payment of a debt/performance of a promise. 
♦ Pawnor- Person who pledges goods as security. 
♦ Pawnee- Person who receives the goods as security.  
♦ Rights of Pawnor - To get back the goods, redeem the goods, take care and preserve the 
goods, receive increase or profits from the goods. 
♦ Rights of Pawnee-  To retain goods, to receive extra-ordinary expenses, to sue, to sell 
goods. 
♦ Some non-owners may also create a valid pledge of goods, such as- Mercantile agents, 
co-owner, by person having a limited interest, by person having a possession of goods 
under voidable contract. 
♦ Basic distinction between bailment and pledge- All the pledges are bailments but all the 
bailments are not a pledges. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.90 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
UNIT – 9 : AGENCY 
Learning objectives 
After studying this unit, you would be able to – 
♦ Understand the relationship between agent and principal and the intention behind 
adoption of such course of agency. 
♦ Note that consideration is not at all necessary for validity of agency contracts. 
♦ Learn various modes of creation, especially agency by ratification. 
♦ 
Understand rights and obligations of an agent as well as the circumstances when the 
agent is personally liable for the acts done by him on behalf of the principal and the legal 
position of the agent, the principal and the third parties involved. 
♦ Be familiar with the terms ‘sub-agent’ and ‘substituted agent’ and to distinguish between 
the two. 
In the modern world conduct of business is not possible without the help of agents. Therefore 
it is necessary to know the law relating to agency.The law of agency is contained in sections 
182  to 238 of the Indian Contract Act,1872. 
1.63 What is Agency? 
The Indian Contract Act,1872 does not define the word ‘Agency’. However the word ‘Agent’ is 
defined as “a person employed to do any act for another or to represent another in dealings 
with third persons”.  The third person for whom the act is done or is so represented is called 
“Principal”.(Section 182) 
Thus ‘Agency’ is a comprehensive word used to describe the relationship between one person 
and another, where the first mentioned person brings the second mentioned person into legal 
relation with others. 
The Rule of Agency is based on the maxim “Quit facit per alium, facit per se:” i.e., he 
who acts through an agent is himself acting 
Salient features of agency: Following are the four salient features of agency 
(i) Basis: The basic essence of ‘agency’ is that the principal is bound by the acts of the 
agent and is answerable to third parties. 
(ii) Consideration not necessary: Unlike other regular contracts, a contract of agency does 
not need consideration.  In other words, the relationship between the ‘principal’ and 
‘agent’ need not be supported by consideration. 
(iii) Capacity to employ an agent: A person who is competent to contract alone can employ 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.91 
an agent.  In other words, a person in order to act as principal must be a major and of 
sound mind. 
(iv) Capacity to be an agent: A person in order to be an agent must also be competent to 
contract. In other words, he must also be a person who has attained majority and is of 
sound mind. 
1.64 Modes of Creation of Agency 
There are five general methods of creating agency.  These are (i) agency by actual authority 
(ii) agency by ratification (iii) agency of ostensible authority (iv) agency by necessity and (v) 
agency by actual authority and apparent authority. 
Let us briefly discuss these five modes of creation of agency. 
(a) Agency by actual authority: A contract of agency can be express or implied.  Whether it 
is express or implied, it can be by words spoken or written.  While the express contract is often 
expressed in clear terms, implied contracts are created by circumstances. 
For example, ‘A’ owns a shop and ‘B’ manages that shop.  Though ‘A’ being the owner orders 
purchases for that shop and pays through his bank account, ‘B’ by virtue of his position can 
also purchase as an agent, express or implied. 
(b) Agency by ratification: Agency is also created by subsequent ratification or approach.  
The subsequent ratification becomes necessary because the agent acts without the 
knowledge or the approval of the principal.  Following are the rules of ratification. 
(i) Ratification can be made only by a person who was in existence at the time of act. 
(ii) Ratification must be by a person for whom the act was done, professing him to be a 
principal.  This implies competency on the part of the person ratifying the act. 
(iii) Ratification would date back to the date of the act, and validate it 
(iv) Ratification may either be express or even implied by the conduct of the person on 
whose behalf the act was done. 
(v) Ratification must be of the whole act and not just for a part of the act. 
(vi) Ratification [by the purported principal] of the acts of an agent can not be such as to 
create any liability to third parties or  cause any injury or damage to third parties 
(vii) Ratification cannot be done if the person ratifying is in knowledge of facts which are 
materially defective. 
(viii) Illegal acts cannot be ratified. 
(ix) Acts which are void ab initio cannot be ratified 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.92 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(x) Ratification would be restricted to certain limitations to which original acts are limited and 
ratification can be to that portion of exceeded authority by the agent. 
(c) Agency by ostensible authority: Where the authority of the principal is inferred by the 
conduct of the principal, there the agency through ostensible authority is born.  Here the 
agent’s authority is ostensible and the principal is bound by the act of the agent.  Ostensible 
authority happens on account of estoppel and holding out.  Let us analyse these two types 
with examples- 
(i) Agency by estoppels: If a person permits or represents another to act on his behalf, so 
that a reasonable person would infer that the relationship of principal and agent had been 
created then he will be stopped from denying his agent’s authority and getting himself relieved 
from his obligations to a third party by proving that no such relationship infact existed. 
For  instance where ‘A’ informs ‘B’ in the presence and within hearing of ‘P’ that ‘P’ is his 
agent. Later ‘B’ enters into contract with ‘P’ thinking that ‘P’ is the agent of ‘A’. In a situation 
like this neither ‘P’ nor ‘A’ can refuse the obligations under the contract.  ‘P’ had become the 
agent of ‘A’ by estoppel.  ‘P’ will be treated as agent of ‘A’ even if he was not an agent at all. 
Where a master permits his servant to pledge his credit, there is an agency on account of 
estoppel.  Even if the servant had on occasion pledged without the authority of master, the 
master is still bound because of estoppel.  Similarly where a married woman co-habits with her 
husband, there is a presumption that she has the authority to pledge his credit for 
necessaries. 
A principal cannot privately revoke or restrict the authority of his agent, which he has allowed 
in public. 
(ii)  Agency by Holding out:  Under the principle of holding out, any one who holds himself out 
as an agent of another, then a relationship of agent and principal gets in place.  The process 
of holding out happens through willful conduct done to create a deliberate impression.  In such 
a case person concerned is estopped from denying that he is the agent of  a principal.  The 
doctrine of holding out is also applicable in case of partnerships.  The law of partnership also 
adopts the principle of agency to a large extent.  However under “holding out” principle 
following conditions are required to be present: 
(a) statement or conduct of misrepresentation 
(b)  a genuine not necessarily a fraudulent misrepresentation and  
(c) the third person should prove that he entered into the transaction believing  the 
statement so made. 
(d) Agency by necessity: Sometimes circumstances would compel and a relation of agency 
would fall in place.  This is often out of necessity.  For example a captain of a ship can borrow 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.93 
money at other ports where there are no agent to act on behalf of the owner, to carryout 
repairs.  The captain becomes an agent by necessity. To constitute an agency by necessity 
following conditions must be fulfilled. 
(i) agent should be in a position of not being able to communicate in time with the principal 
(ii) there must have been an actual and definite commercial necessity 
(iii) the agent must have acted bonafide and for the benefit of principal 
(iv) the agent must have adopted most reasonable and practicable course of action.   
(e) Actual authority and apparent authority: Actual authority to act as agent stems from a 
consent.  The consent to act may be oral or in writing.  Some time the authority can also be 
‘implied authority’.  The implied authority is incidental or usual or customary.  It would depend 
on the circumstance of the case. 
The authority of the agent is ‘apparent’ where the principal represents or is regarded by law as 
having represented that another has, authority.  Under the doctrine of ‘apparent authority’, the 
‘principal’ is bound to third parties by the acts of that person though he had not given such 
authority or had limited the authority by instructions not made known to third party.  The notion 
of apparent authority is essentially confined to relationship between the principal and third 
party. 
1.65 Extent of Agent’s Authority 
The agent’s authority is governed by two principles namely (a) in normal circumstances and 
(b) in emergency. 
Let us examine these two situations - 
(i) Agent’s authority in normal circumstances: An agent has the power and authority to 
do all acts lawful and necessary in the normal circumstances in discharge of his functions.  
For instance, where ‘A’ who lives in Andamans employs ‘B’ as his agent to collect his debts in 
Kanyakumari, ‘B’ has all the authority including the authority to pursue legal proceedings.  
Similarly ‘B’ can also give valid discharge. Again for example, where ‘A’ executes a power of 
attorney in favour of ‘B’ in running a silk factory, but the power of attorney did not authorize ‘B’ 
to borrow and if ‘B’ borrowed, it was stated to be an act in excess of his authority [Ferguson 
vs. Uma Chand Bold (1905) 33 Cal. 343] 
(ii) Agent’s authority in emergency: An agent has the authority in an emergency to do all 
such acts as a man of ordinary prudence would, for protecting his principal from losses under 
similar circumstances. 
A typical case is where the ‘agent’ who handles perishable goods like ‘mangoes’ can decide 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.94 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
the time, date and place of sale, not necessarily as per instructions of the principal but with the 
intention of protecting the principal from losses.  Here the agent acts in an emergency and 
acts as a man of ordinary prudence. 
Notice to an agent:  Any notice given to an agent or information obtained by him will be 
deemed to be given to the principal.  Thus where the agent of an insurance company 
negotiates with a customer who had lost an eye in an accident, the insurance company is 
deemed to have knowledge of the fact. 
1.66 Duties and Obligations of an Agent 
Following are the duties of an agent: 
(i) Duty in conducting principal’s business: The agent should conduct the business of the 
principal as per directions of the principal or in the absence of any directions as per the 
custom prevalent in the business 
(ii) The agent is liable to the principal for any loss if he deviates from the above duty/ 
obligation where he did not act according to instruction of the principal. It was held by the 
Supreme Court in a case that the agent had to compensate the principal where the agent 
did not act according to the instructions of the principal. In the given case the agent was 
under instruction to insure the goods of the principal but he did not. There was an 
explosion in the Bombay dock and as a result all the goods of the principal, along with 
others, was destroyed. The Government passed an ordinance that where ever there was 
a fire insurance policy, full amount would be paid to the owners and where there was no 
insurance cover, half the amount would repaid. The principal was paid half the losses 
and he sued the agent for the balance loss and the agent was ordered by court to pay 
the balance amount to compensate him for loss. 
(iii)   Requirements as to skill and diligence: Agent must act always as a person with diligence 
and skill normally exercised in the trade.  He would otherwise be responsible to 
compensate the principal for any loss suffered by the principal for want of his skill. 
 Where ‘A’ acts as an agent for ‘B’ and sells rice to ‘C’ in the usual course of business 
without verifying about C’s solvency and if ‘C’ goes insolvent, then ‘A’ is responsible for 
losses arising to ‘B’. 
(iv) Agents duty to account: The agent has to maintain and render proper accounts to 
principal whenever demanded. He is bound to pay the principal all sums received.  He is 
bound to maintain accounts even if the contract is illegal or void. 
(v) Duty to communicate: The agent must in order to obtain instruction, communicate and 
contact the principal as a man of ordinary diligence. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.95 
1.67 Rights of An Agent 
Following are the rights of an agent 
(i) Right of lien on principal’s property: An agent is entitled to retain the goods, 
properties and books for any remuneration, commission etc due to him.  The possession of 
such property should be however lawful. 
(ii) Right of indemnification for lawful acts: The principal is bound to indemnify the agent 
against all consequences of lawful acts done in exercise of his authority.  For example ‘A’ of 
Delhi appoints ‘B’ of Mumbai as agent to sell his merchandise.  As a result ‘B’ contracts to 
deliver the merchandise to various parties.  But ‘A’ fails to send the merchandise to ‘B’ and ‘B’ 
faces litigations for non-performance. Here ‘A’ is bound to protect ‘B’ against the litigations 
and all costs, expenses arising out of that. 
(iii) Right of indemnification against acts done in good faith:  Where the agent acts in 
good faith on the instruction of principal, agent is entitled for indemnification of any loss or 
damage from the principal.  Where ‘P’ appoints ‘A’ as his agent and directs him to sell certain 
goods which in fact turned out to be  not those belonging to ‘P’ and if third parties sue ‘A’ for 
this act, ‘A’ is entitled for reimbursement and indemnification for such act done in good faith.  
However the agent cannot claim any reimbursement or indemnification for any loss etc arising 
out of acts done by him in violation of any penal laws of the country. 
(iv) Right of  retention: The agent can retain, out of the sums received from the principal, 
such amounts towards reimbursement of expenditure, remuneration and advances paid by him 
on account towards the business and render accounts only for the balance. 
(v) Right of remuneration: The agent in the normal course is entitled for remuneration as 
per the contract.  In the absence of any agreed amount of remuneration, he is entitled for 
usual remuneration which is customary in the business.  However he is not entitled for any 
remuneration for acts done through misconduct/negligence. 
1.68 Personal Liability of the Agent 
We have already seen that basic principle of agency is that agent acts on behalf his principal 
and therefore cannot personally enforce the contract.  Similarly he is also not personally 
bound for any act. 
However under certain circumstances like, where the agent exceeds his authority, or has no 
authority or the principal does not ratify the act of the agent, the agent is personally liable .   
This is known as doctrine of implied warranty of authority.  The rules with regard to personal 
liability of an agent are set out hereunder. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.96 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(i) where the contract expressly provides for personal liability of the agent 
(ii) where the agent signs the negotiable instrument without indicating that he is signing it for 
the principal 
(iii) where the agent works for a foreign principal 
(iv) where the agent acts for a principal who cannot be sued viz Ambassador of a country 
etc. 
(v) where a Govt. servant enters into a contract on behalf of Union of India in disregard of 
Article 299(1) 
(vi) where according to usage in trade in certain kinds of business agents are personally 
liable. 
(vii) where the agency is coupled with interest. An agency will be treated as such where the 
agent himself has interest in the subject matter.  The ‘interest’ of the agent to come 
under this category should not be an ordinary ‘interest’ like towards remuneration etc., 
but should be a special interest. 
1.69 Undisclosed Principal 
An ‘undisclosed principal’ comes into play where an agent having the authority to contract, 
does not disclose the fact, concealing not only the name of the principal but also the fact that 
there is a principal; here the agent gives an impression that he acts on his own. 
In ‘undisclosed principal’, the mutual rights, of principal, agent and third party are as follows: 
(a) the liability of the agent is his own since he has not disclosed that there is a principal 
(b) where the third party comes to know about the existence of the principal he can sue the 
agent or the principal. 
(c) the third party’s interest would stand protected evenly, and would not suffer even if the 
principal surfaces and intervenes at a later date. 
(d) third party has a right to refuse, if the principal discloses himself, on the ground that had 
he known about the principal he would not have entered into the contract. 
1.70 Principal’s Liability for Agent’s Act to Third Parties 
The liability of the principal to third parties would fall under following categories - 
(a) When agent acts within the scope of his authority: The principal is liable for the acts 
of the agent done within the scope of his actual or apparent authority.  Where there are 
specific restrictions on the authority of the agent, then the principal is not bound by it. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.97 
(b) Principal is bound by notice given to agent: The principal is bound by the notice given 
to the agent. Knowledge of the agent is knowledge of the principal.  Knowledge of a bank 
manager is knowledge of the bank.  Therefore the principal is bound except where the agent 
does acts that are fraudulent. 
(c) Liability by estoppels: Where the agency is by the doctrine of estoppel, the principal is 
bound by the same doctrine.  
(d) Liability for misrepresentation: The principal is liable for any fraud or 
misrepresentation done by the agent within his authority regardless of the fact that the act has 
resulted in benefit to the agent or the principal. 
No liability where agent exceeds the authority 
The principal is not liable for acts of agent done in excess of authority.  Some times the acts 
can be separated as ‘within the authority’ and ‘beyond the authority’.  Principal is bound for 
those acts which are within the authority.  But where acts are not separable, the principal may 
repudiate the entire transactions. 
(e) Unnamed principal: Where the existence of the principal is known but his name is not 
known, the principal is liable for the acts of the agent.  Third parties can sue the principal for 
the acts of the agent, unless agent refuses to disclose the identity of the principal. 
1.71 Termination of Agent’s Authority. 
The termination of the agency arises and is based on the doctrine of revocation. 
In terms of Section 201 of the Act, following are the circumstances when the authority 
conferred on the agent gets terminated: 
(a) Revocation of authority by the principal 
(b) Renunciation of agency by the agent 
(c) Completion of business of agency 
(d) Death or insanity of principal or agent and  
(e) Insolvency of the principal 
The rights of the principal to revoke the authority of the agent and the right of the agent to 
renounce are each exercised at their will and pleasure. 
Following are the general principles in this regard: 
(a) Even where the agent gets interested in the subject matter, that would not be a ground 
for the principal to terminate the agency.  The agency becomes an agency coupled with 
interest. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.98 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
(b) The principal cannot revoke the authority after the authority has been exercised. 
(c) The agent’s authority cannot be revoked if the agent has partially exercised the authority. 
(d) Where there is an implied or express contract, agency may continue for a period of time. 
The agency can not be terminated without compensation. 
(e) Reasonable notice must be given for termination, otherwise the agent is entitled for 
compensation. 
(f) Revocation and Renunciation must be express or implied. 
1.72 Irrevocable Agency 
Where the agency cannot be terminated, it is called irrevocable agency. 
(a) Where agency is coupled with interest then it is a case where the agent has interest in 
the subject matter of agency.  In this case, agency cannot be terminated except where 
there is an express provision, to cause prejudice to the interest of the agent.  For the 
agency coupled with interest does not come to an end on the death, insanity, or the 
insolvency of the principal. 
(b) Where the agent has incurred personal liability, principal cannot revoke the agency 
leaving the agent to face the liability.  For instance where ‘A’ appoints ‘B’ as his agent 
and ‘B’ purchases as per orders of ‘A’  some rice in his personal name, A cannot revoke 
the authority 
(c) Where the agent has partly exercised the authority, the authority cannot be revoked, 
where ‘A’ appoints ‘B’ as his agent to procure 10 bags of rice and ‘B’ procures in the 
name of ‘A’ then ‘A’ cannot revoke his authority. 
1.73 Sub- Agent 
Sub agency refers to case where an agent appoints another agent.  The appointment of sub 
agent is not lawful, because the agent is a delegatee and a delegatee cannot further delegate.  
This is based on the Latin principle  “delegatus non potest delegare”. 
The appointment of a sub agent would be valid if the terms of appointment originally 
contemplated it.  Sometimes customs of the trade may provide for appointment of sub agents.  
In both these cases the sub agent would be treated as the agent of the principal. 
Position of sub agent vis a vis third parties where the sub agent is properly appointed 
(a) Where the sub-agent is properly appointed: Where a sub agent is properly appointed, 
the principal is bound by his acts and is therefore responsible to third parties as if he were an 
agent originally appointed by the principal. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 1.99 
(b) In the case of appointment without authority: In case where the appointment of sub 
agent takes place without authority, the principal is not bound by the acts of sub agent and 
sub agent is not bound to the principal.  It is the agent who is the principal of sub  agent.  
Where the sub-agent purportedly acts in the name of first principal, that first principal may 
ratify the act of sub agent.  However if  the sub agent acts in his own name or in the name of 
the agent who has without authority delegated to the sub agent the business which is in fact  
of the principal, the principal cannot ratify such acts of sub agent. 
1.74 Substituted Agent 
Substituted agents are not sub agents.  They are agents of the principal.  Where the principal 
appoints an agent and if that agent identifies another person to carry out the acts ordered by 
principal, than the second person is not to be treated as a sub agent but only as an agent of 
the original principal. 
For example, ‘A’ directs ‘B’ his solicitor to sell his property by auction and ‘B’ appoints ‘C’ an 
auctioneer.  In this regard, ‘C’ is an agent of ‘A’ and not a sub agent. 
While selecting a “substituted agent” the agent is bound to exercise same amount of diligence 
as a man of ordinary prudence and if he does so he will not be responsible for acts or 
negligence of the substituted agent. 
For  example ‘X’ consigns goods to ‘Y’ a merchant for sale.  ‘Y’  in due course employs an 
auctioneer in goods to sell goods of ‘X’ and also allows him to receive the proceeds of sale.  
The auctioneer becomes insolvent afterwards without handing over the proceeds.  Here ‘Y’ will 
not be responsible to ‘X’ as he has discharged his duties as a man of ordinary prudence and 
diligence. 
Key Points 
♦ Agency-  Relation between an agent and his principal created by an express/ implied  
agreement authorising an agent by his principal to create contractual relations with third 
parties. Person so appointed to represent the principal is called as agent whereas a 
person who appoints an agent to represent him as per his directions and authority is 
called as principal. 
♦ Any person (competent/incompetent to contract) can be appointed as agent whereas 
principal needs to be competent to contract. 
♦ Mode of creation-  Agency can be either expressed or implied. It also arises by 
subsequent ratification or acceptance of the agent acts by the third person without the 
authority of the principal. Where a prinicipal by his conduct or act causes a third person 
to believe that a ceratin person is his authorized agent, the agency is created by 
estoppel.  The agency which is the result of principal’s conduct as to the agent, there 
agency is said to be created by holding out. Agency by necessity comes into existence 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

1.100 Business Laws, Ethics and Communication 
when certain circumstances compel a person to act as an agent for another without his 
express authority. It also arise by operation of law. 
♦ Undisclosed principal- Where agent not discloses the existence of his principal and the 
fact of his being agent of the principal, there the principal of such agent is known as 
undisclosed principal. Where agent discloses his representation to the principal but not 
discloses the principal’s name, there the principal is known as unnamed principal. 
♦ Sub-agent-person appointed by the original agent in the business of agency under his 
direction and control and being responsible to the principal for acts of a sub-agent.  
♦ Substituted agent/Co-agent –person is named by the agent expressely or impliedly to act 
for the principal in the business of agency. 
♦ Irrevocable agency- agency which cannot be terminated by the prinicipal. 
© The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India